July 30 – August 5, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Why are all new developmental units Rentals? What’s the impact?… Steinbruner… Hirahara House, Santa Cruz County Fair business, Rule 20?… Hayes… Fardening… Patton… … Rebutting The Case For Monarchy… Matlock… clipboards & traffic safety…just the cash, please…1984… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Peter Kay… Quotes on… “August”

...

The once Santa Cruz County Bank. This was taken January 4, 1965. Now the bank has become Pacific Wave Surf Shop.You can see Montgomery Ward’s catalog store on the left of the Bank. Down Cooper Street behind the bank was where Logo’s bookstore used to be. Upstairs from that store was where I spent the first few minutes of the 1989 earthquake.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 30, 2025

AUGUST IS HERE! Did we get much of a summer this year? I kinda don’t feel like we did… which is the same way I’ve felt for a few years at this point. I seem to be a little off with regards to time in general, like I feel like I’m heading into summer when in fact it’s August and summer’s ending. The Christmas spirit usually hits me in January… It’s a little disconcerting, to be honest.

Either way, this is my first summer in Ben Lomond, and I’ve found it to be quite a bit warmer than Aptos! Also, Ben Lomond has Swedish pastries, baked right here! I think I’ve mentioned this before, but it bears repeating: Fika Bakeshop in Ben Lomond is worth visiting! Her schedule changes, but for August, Susan, the proprietess, puts out her bake cart on Thursday mornings at 9am. Stop by, grab a pastry, and leave the money in the tin (or send by Venmo)!

She has a couple of other events in August as well – check out the website for the current schedule!

Enjoy August! We’ll be back with the next issue in a couple of days!

~Webmistress

...

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

...

July 28, 2025

Why all Rentals?

Have you ever wondered why all the new high-rise housing being built in Santa Cruz is rental?  Neither had I, until I was discussing housing development with my best friend who lives in Australia. Sydney is experiencing similar housing cost increases, although their housing prices are higher than ours as are their wages. I was sharing with her the details of a recent public hearing on yet another out of scale development project and she was sharing what is happening near her. At one point she asked, “are yours all rentals?” “Why yes”, I answered since that is the norm in Santa Cruz. She was astonished, could not believe it was true and said it would not happen in Sydney where home ownership is a big deal and drives the housing market.

That got me thinking. Why is all this housing in Santa Cruz only for rent and not for sale? As the old saying goes, follow the money. Investors and developers make more money from renting than from selling, both for market-rate and below. They do their research. Working families looking for a first-time home is not where the profit lies. It lies in renting to students and single professionals. Hence the unit size and amenities. Many UCSC students come from well-off families who can afford the high price of these new rentals. We are lulled into denial with feel-good, propaganda slogans such as “workforce housing.” It is bogus and bad planning.

What does a small town look like without families, with mainly students and single, highly paid professionals? That’s an important question. I doubt our city planners and city council have asked that question and assessed the answers. So long as money flows to the city seems the main concern. But there are other important issues they should discuss in public. Besides schools closing, the demographics of all the new renters change the very character of the town. There will be fewer family places in the commercial areas. The amenities in our parks will shift towards the active adult professional class and away from children.

An example of this trend is the city’s proposal to get rid of the very popular duck pond in San Lorenzo Park. This shift is to make way for adult amenities. Keeping the duck pond, they say, doesn’t allow space for the proposed new sports. If you examine the proposed new sports, they are not geared for children. This, despite the survey that showed most respondents strongly favored keeping the duck pond. So much for democratic process.

The duck pond issue has not yet gone to council. But it will be soon. Keep track and plan to have your voice heard.

**********************************************************

Senate Bill 79: Very disappointing to receive no takers on the Senate Bill 79 issue. We have until August 18 to arrange meetings with John Laird (supports SB79) and Gail Pellerin. Believe me, if you think development impacts in Santa Cruz are bad now, you won’t like the exponential impacts if SB 79 passes.

gilliangreensite@gmail.com

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
A FINAL CALL FOR HELP TO PRESERVE THE REDMAN-HIRAHARA FARMSTEAD AND SUPPORT THE JAPANESE-AMERICAN CULTURE IN PAJARO

Next Tuesday, the County Board of Supervisors agenda will likely have an action to take the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead off the National Historic Registry so that the developers across the street can build a strip mall and maybe another big hotel.

Fate of Watsonville’s Redman-Hirahara House to be decided in August

A golden story of the people in Watsonville rallying to save the home and farmland for the Hirahara family while they were imprisoned during WWII will be lost if this is allowed to happen.

Can you help save this treasure by contacting a prospective buyer that would be willing to revitalize the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead, following the model of the Emma Prusch Farm Park in San Jose? 

Please contact me, or contact the County Board of Supervisors.

Matthew Sundt <matthew.sundt@santacruzcountyca.gov>  Staff for the Historic Resources Commission.

In my opinion, this is being driven by a cozy deal between the developer and a member of the Historic Resources Commission who supports the Watsonville City 2050 General Plan to gobble this area and vast areas of farmland to create the “Gateway Project”.  Take a look at Attachment #4

We owe this effort to save a bright spot in the tragic story of what our Country did to the Japanese-American citizens …and never allow such a travesty to occur again.

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY FAIR BOARD CHANGES AND CONTINUED QUESTIONS
The Santa Cruz County Fair Board met this week.  I continue to be concerned.
The Board approved last month the request and direction by Director Jody Kolbach that President Rachel Wells and Interim Fair Manager Ken Alstott (who gets paid thousands of dollars monthly to do this job from his home in Tennessee) to return the $338,000 she had discovered past Fair Manager Zeke Fraser had loaned to the Junior Livestock Committee last fall, but was never repaid.  Director Kolbach asked that the money be placed into a high-interest-earning account.

Curiously, no action has been taken to address that issue, and there was no explanation in the agenda packet financials as to why.  Director Kolbach asked again for the problem to be corrected, to which President Wells explained she just had not been able to get everybody together to set up the account.  Hmmm…couldn’t she just get the money returned to the 14th DAA Fair cash account from whence it came?????

Interim Manager Alstott, participating via Zoom, was silent.

On a later matter regarding the Fairgrounds’ insurance policy, President Wells explained that she had been forced to take emergency executive action to prevent the Fairgrounds from losing insurance coverage and having to cancel all reservations and events.  She explained that the Board had not been informed at the time of their meeting last month when voting to postpone taking action on the policy renewal because of problems identified, that the policy would be cancelled in three days if not acted upon.  Hmmmm…..

Who allowed that to happen, I wanted to know.  Silence from the Board and silence from Interim Alstott on Zoom.  Silence from the two California Dept. of Food & Ag (CDFA) legal staff that had come from Sacramento and were in the audience.

The final head-scratcher happened near the end of the meeting when the Board was asked to approve a new Delegation of Authority for the new incoming Fair Manager, Ms. Dori Rose Inda.  It was explained that she would begin July 31, and the document would be dated as such.  “Where is she?” I wanted to know…there had been no introduction of her at all by the Board.  I was informed that she was in the audience.  Hmmm….

Oddly, Ms. Inda was allowed to stay and participate in the Closed Session, even though it seemed that she was not officially hired on yet. When Director Kolbach and a member of the public questioned this subsequently, President Well said “Well, she is actually working part-time, so she is an employee of the Fairgrounds.”

Hmmm…

Ms. Inda was not introduced until the very end of the meeting, and said very little at the podium.  This was followed by Director Nick Calubaquib announcing his resignation.  Another Director, Tony Campos, has been absent for nearly all meetings, and was not present this month, either.

Although not announced, I learned that July 30 is Interim Manager Alstott’s last day to get paid to run the Fairgrounds remotely from his Tennessee home.  He is a CalPERS annuitant, and his allowable employment time is up.

Stay tuned…The County Fair is happening the second week of September. See the  Santa Cruz County Fair Official Website

INSURANCE MODELS APPROVED…WILL POLICIES RETURN?
Just wondering how the State Insurance Commissioner’s actions will help all those who have lost insurance and have to pay ridiculous sums to enroll in the California FAIR Plan for really no coverage?  I think this merits a town hall meeting with local elected officials.  Please ask for this to happen!

Reform made real — California Department of Insurance completes final evaluation of innovative forward-looking model to address California’s coverage crisis

BIG DEVELOPMENT ON OCEAN STREET BACKS OUT
This has been in the news, but merits attention.  This monstrous project would be a disaster, in my opinion.
Developer backs out of 389 apartments on Ocean St. in Santa Cruz – Santa Cruz Local

PG&E UNDERGROUNDING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY?  JUST A LITTLE!
A friend is battling with PG&E to save a heritage tree on her property that is an active Acorn Woodpecker granary and nest.  PG&E is becoming increasingly aggressive and intimidating.  I wanted to know when PG&E might be undergrounding the power wires in her area, so researched the issue.  Their progress to put wires underground is not very promising in general, but it is interesting to see how little is actually being done, especially in the rural CZU Fire areas and other fire-prone areas.
Take a look

WHAT ABOUT RULE 20 FUNDS?
I remembered hearing the County Board of Supervisors discuss funding available for undergrounding utilities in the County.  I wondered what progress the County is making on this, and if it might help my friend, who lives on a major evacuation route in the County. On March 23, 2021, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors approved Resolution 70-2021, identifying critical evacuation routes in all Districts except #4 to receive this financial support, under Rule 20.

RESOLUTION NO. 70-2021
Page-2
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED AND ORDERED THAT this Board finds, determines, and declares that Pacific Gas and Electric Company be requested to pay from the County’s existing allocation of funds for utility undergrounding for the conversion of electric service panels to underground services up to $1,500 per service entrance, excluding permit fees, in accordance with Paragraph A.3.b of California Public Utility Commission Electric Rule 20 for the Underground Utility Districts No. 20 thru 25

The public hearing and Board action associated added County Code Chapter 9.74: Chapter 9.74 UNDERGROUND UTILITY DISTRICTS

Here is what the staff report stated:

Executive Summary
On August 18, 2020, the Board accepted a list of proposed utility undergrounding projects under Rule 20A and directed Public Works to return with a resolution of intention to declare which underground utility districts shall be formed, with a noted priority for underground utility districts along critical evacuation routes. Background Six districts on that list have been chosen which provide geographic equity throughout the county. No critical evacuation routes were identified for District 4. Projects are listed in order of priority of which the most recent project was completed in District 2 in the Seacliff Drive area.

District 1 – Soquel San-Jose Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.13 miles Laurel Glen Road to Olive Springs Road
b. 0.73 miles Olive Springs Road to Hoover Road
c. 1.19 miles Hoover Road to Amaya Ridge Road

District 5 – Bear Creek Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.73 miles Harmon Gulch Road to Starr Creek Road

District 3 – Empire Grade
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.94 miles Pine Flat Road to Alba Road

District 2 – Trout Gulch / Valencia Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.44 miles Quail Run Road to Martha’s Way

In accordance with Rule 20A guidelines, the boundary for the proposed underground utility district includes all full parcels that are served by utility poles within the proposed district. Parcels that are served by a pole that is outside of the proposed district are excluded from the boundary.

Section A of the California Public Utility Commission’s Electric Rule 20 requires electric utility companies to allocate a portion of their revenue to Cities and Counties to fund the undergrounding of overhead utilities. Creating underground districts for each project site will place these projects in the queue for funding.

Analysis
As of May 31, 2020, the work credit balance for Santa Cruz County is $17,510,210. Approximately $500,000 per year is added to the work credit balance. It is estimated that undergrounding electric utilities along a rural route costs approximately $500 per linear foot or $2,640,000 per mile. Additionally, Rule 20A allows for a 5 year “borrow forward” type loan of approximately $2,500,000 for approved utility districts that have been passed by the Board with a resolution.

Soooo, what has been done????  Hmmm….. Contact your County Supervisor and ask: Board of Supervisors

Here is information about Rule 20:

CPUC Rule 20 Undergrounding Programs — FAQs

What is the total length of above-ground power lines served by the electric investor-owned utilities?

California has approximately 25,526 miles of transmission lines, and approximately 239,557 miles of distribution lines, of which approximately 147,000 miles of distribution lines are overhead.

(Source: CPUC Undergrounding Programs Description (ca.gov))

CPUC Undergrounding Programs Description

Conversion of Overhead Electric Lines to Underground Facilities and Construction of New Underground Electric Lines

How do cities participate in Overhead Conversion Program? Is it the utility or the city that determines whether a city needs to convert overhead lines?

For Rule 20 Program, Cities identify overhead lines that they wish to convert to underground and in consultation with their investor owned utility (IOU) determine if the conversion project qualifies for any of the Rule 20 A, B, C or D programs.  If qualified utility ratepayer funds will cover between 0 and 100% of the costs of the conversion project as detailed below.

Communities interested in overhead conversion identify a project and work with the utility to determine whether it qualifies for utility funding.

How are the credits allocated to each local government? Is it yearly? Is there a formula? Is one credit equal to $1? How many credits are local governments currently banking

The electric utilities annually allocate funds to each of the cities and unincorporated counties (collectively referred to as communities) that the utilities serve in their service territories. Yes, there is a formula and 50 percent of the work credit allocation is based on the proportion of overhead meters in the community to the total overhead meters in the service territory, and the other 50% is based on the total meters in the community (above and below ground) to the total meters in the service territory. Each work credit is equal to $1. The local governments across the state which are served by the investor-owned electric utilities currently have $950,627,101 collectively in unused funds that have been banked.

Under the current Electric Rule 20A Tariff, there is no limit to the number of years a community may accumulate Rule 20A work credits.

COUNTY TAX ASSESSMENTS AT ALL-TIME HIGH
I don’t need to tell you, the reader, that it is expensive to live in Santa Cruz County, but owning property is becoming a real economic challenge.  Every ballot holds at least one more economic wound when local sales tax and parcel taxes get added…all for good causes, but the wound bleeds more for those who are on fixed incomes, or barely able to pay basic expenses.  How long can this happen without forcing more to leave?

Thank goodness for Prop 13.  Otherwise, all would be lost for the Commons, and super-wealthy investors from “over the hill” and abroad would take all. Think about this as you read the recent Santa Cruz County press release below:

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY ASSESSMENT ROLL SETS NEW RECORD
Assessor-Recorder Sheri Thomas announced that the 2025-26 Assessment Roll has reached a new all-time high of $64.7 billion, an increase of$3.6 billion, or 5.95 percent over the prior year. The 2025–26 property tax roll reflects the net assessed value of all real, business, and personal property in Santa Cruz County as of January 1, 2025, after applying exemptions for homeowners, disabled veterans, and qualifying nonprofit organizations. The primary drivers of this year’s growth were changes in property ownership and new construction. While the total roll increased by 5.95%, the vast majority of property owners will see only a 2% increase in assessed value, thanks to the protections guaranteed by Proposition 13. “The property tax roll helps fund the local services our residents rely on—like public schools, fire protection, and libraries—and it remains one of the largest sources of discretionary revenue for the County’s general fund,” said Assessor-Recorder Sheri Thomas.

[link to PDF on the county website]

THIS AB 470 LEGISLATION WOULD ELIMINATE LANDLINES
Contact your local elected representatives today to ask for their NO vote on AB 470.

When electricity goes out, most all of the people in my rural neighborhood have no telephone service, unless they held onto their hard-wired copper landline phone service.  Many “landlines” still disappear when the power goes out, because they depend on internet service, which also disappears when the power goes out.

AT&T is again attempting to convince the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) to allow dropping this critical lifeline service, but now Assemblymember Tina McKinnor’s AB470 threatens to give AT&T what the corporate magnate wants…eliminate having to provide Carrier of Last Resort (COLR) landline service to areas deemed to have an alternative service…such as the likes that disappears in emergencies.

Senator John Laird: Contact Us

Calling all Senate Appropriations Committee members takes only about five minutes of your time: Members | Senate Appropriations Committee

Here is a link to the AB470 legislation: California AB470 | 2025-2026 | Regular Session

California AB470 | 2025-2026 | Regular Session
Bill Text (2025-07-17) Telephone corporations: carriers of last resort. [Re-referred to Com. on APPR.]

Many thanks to Ms. Nina Beety for the information below:

AB 470 goes to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Aug. 18. This is its last committee hearing before the full Senate votes. The California Assembly has already approved the bill.

Senate Appropriations Committee
Agenda
Hearing: Aug 18 @ 10:00 am in 1021 O Street, Room 2200

Then it will go to a full Senate vote.

This committee’s jurisdiction is on costs, not consumer protection, coverage, safety, etc. Talk about issues on COLR and landlines in terms of costs to the public, the taxpayers, and the state, as well as your personal costs to have COLR and landline taken away. 

When you write to the Committee and your state senator, the letter should start with a heading that says something like “AB 470 – OPPOSE”
Then the first sentence should state that you respectfully oppose AB 470, and the last line should urge their rejection/ or a “no” vote on AB 470. 

This is the last chance any community organizations have to oppose this bill in the official record.

If anyone has contact with Sen. Anna Caballero, formerly mayor of Salinas, please reach out to her. She is a very powerful, senior member of the legislature. She previously voted yes in the Energy and Telecom committee.

Please take action on this urgent issue including contacting your cities and county to send a letter opposing AB 470. If there are town hall meetings or a chance to meet with your state senator during this summer recess, please talk to them about this bill, explain what’s at stake, and ask for their no vote.

COTONI-COAST NATIONAL MONUMENT OPENS AUGUST 15
This is from Supervisor Justin Cummings’ July 2025 Newsletter:

Cotoni Coast Dairies Grand Opening Celebration

  •  Friday, August 15th
  •  10:30-12 PM
  •  12:30- 3pm Inaugural Hike

Zachary Ormsby, BLM Field Manager, officially invites the residents of Davenport to the grand opening celebration of The Cotoni-Coast Dairies Unit of the California Coastal National Monument, which is scheduled to open this summer, hosted by Sempervirens Fund at the Cotoni-Coast Trailhead, Cement Plant Road, Davenport. Parking is limited; please carpool.
Please RSVP at: info@pfwconsulting.org

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING ON A TOPIC THAT MATTERS TO YOU AND ASK QUESTIONS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Fardening

If there is a possibility for both farming and gardening, the term would be fardening. Fardening is far from farcical; the concept is important to contemplate. Let’s first consider the unique aspects of farming versus gardening.

Farming

There are few characteristics of farming that seem to approach rules. Farms take up a tremendous part of the world, totaling 15% of the terrestrial land mass. In our country, farming is about making money, but in some places, about 30% of farming globally, farming is about eating (aka ‘subsistence agriculture’). To make money or to feed their families, farmers largely remove much of what is natural on the land that they manage for crops. And so, most farmers are not environmentalists.

Gardening

Likewise, there are some traits that one can assign to most gardeners. Gardens occupy a miniscule portion of the Earth, even if you count large botanical gardens. Most gardeners don’t make money. The for-profit profession that approaches gardening has become known as ‘landscaping,’ but one would not call those workers gardeners. When gardeners raise food, they aren’t so hungry as to need to subsist on it; if they raise a lot of food, they don’t sell it, they give it away. Gardeners increasingly are attuned to nature, welcoming pollinators and birds. Gardeners enjoy the seasons and accept the variability of nature; if they don’t get some type of harvest this season, they roll with it.

Difficulties

It is becoming more difficult to both farm and garden. Climate change is affecting both practices as droughts and extreme storms cause havoc. Farming is also becoming more difficult in the developed world as regulatory burdens require a fair amount of time and money…with a profession that was already marginally profitable. Most farmers are having to increase the scale at which they operate to make enough money to support a family. But, good agricultural land is more and more scarce and so expensive. Much cropland has been poorly managed in the past, soil has been lost and degraded, fertility is low, and, for farmers, time is of the essence so long term investment in improving soil is mostly beyond reach.

Gardening is becoming more difficult for many other reasons. As housing costs rise, many homes don’t have gardening space. Some people have no time to garden, anyway. They are too busy having to earn money to pay the bills. The COVID pandemic made many more people into gardeners, though, and now over half of US households report having gardens. Almost half of those are growing food, probably because produce is becoming so darned expensive (and tasteless!).

The Space In Between

There are a fair number of highly productive gardeners who give away or trade their crops. And, there are a fair number of farmers who aren’t making any money. I suggest that both qualify as fardeners. Their commonalities: producing lots of food for the joy of it and being good stewards of the Earth. They revel in production. The way they produce food is akin to art. They are gentle, kind, and generous. Fardeners would love to tell you about the nature intertwined with the land that they tend. They love it when others enjoy the food they create.

Farmers would say that fardeners aren’t serious farmers and gardeners would say that fardeners are too serious about producing food. Fardeners are stuck in between. They deserve recognition and appreciation. And, with food scarcity, their movement needs to accelerate.

Ask Not

Ask not what fardeners can do for you, but what you can do to help fardeners. Such endeavors take real work. First off, if you know someone like this, recognize them for what they are. Perhaps they don’t know that they are fardeners – let them know! Second, thank them for producing food. Third, if there is an offer to give you food, ask what you can do in return – barter, money, work-trade…all are good propositions to encourage them to keep going. Fardeners need breaks – for vacation, for illness – so, maybe you could help water when they’re gone.

Chances are good that you know a fardener. Make a resolution to reach out and thank them this week.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, July 28, 2025

#209 / Rebutting The Case For Monarchy

Our current president, who appears to have monarchial ambitions, has supporters who are ready unabashedly to advocate for monarchy, out loud and unrestrained. One of those advocates for “monarchy” is Curtis Yarvin. I was pleased to see that Danielle Allen, a professor at Harvard, has been willing to take on Yarvin and his argument in favor of jettisoning our system of democratic self-government in favor of a frank, out-front “monarchy.” The New York Times had a nice write-up on the debate.

Does this seem outlandish to you? I mean, advocating for “monarchy” in America? Well, maybe we should take seriously the idea that some people are willing to mount a revolution in favor of “monarchy.” Professor Allen certainly takes that possibility seriously!

I am providing you with a link to Allen’s May 7, 2025, column in The Wall Street Journal, “Why I Debated Curtis Yarvin At Harvard.” If you can’t get access to that column in The Journal, paywall protections being what they are, try this link, which will take you to a website maintained by Harvard. Allen says, among other things – I am citing to the column in The Wall Street Journal – that “we have allowed political parties to capture our institutions, and to govern for their own sake rather than the public good.” Supposing that this is true (and there is some legitimacy to such a claim), “Monarchy” is not the answer – at least according to Allen. Instead, she says, “we need to renovate our democratic institutions, starting with party reform.”

Allen and I, in other words, are singing the same tune. I published a blog posting just a few days ago that I titled, “Is The Party Over?” We can’t expect the Democratic Party, or any other political party, to carry the full weight of what we generally call, “Democracy,” though I like to call our system “Self-Government.” I think my phrasing sends the right message. If we want to preserve the kind of democratic self-government established after the American Revolution – our “Democracy” – we need to get involved in government “ourselves.”

Here is another way to put it: “We, the people,” are supposed to be “running the place.”

WE are supposed to be in charge, not some “Monarch!”

If we aren’t “running the place,” or if we aren’t doing that in any effective way, then that’s on us, and we’d better hop to the task of getting on top of our responsibilities. If we don’t…. Well, check that image at the top of this blog posting. Somebody who looks just like that might want to fill the vacuum.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
REALITY & LEVERAGE, MONUMENTS, BIAS MONITOR, TOSCA

The fallout from the Paramount/CBS News settlement with Donald Trump still echoes with the charges of bribery since most legal experts termed Trump’s lawsuit as baseless, succeeding only because a merger with Skydance Media was dependent on the FCC, a la the Trump administration, resulting in final approval of the $16 million payoff. That money won’t go directly to Trump, but to his future presidential library — a political monument touting his name, and forever to be recognized as part of his legacy, and his ability to shakedown his victims. As Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch“If American democracy were a deer, it would be standing in the middle of the highway trying to reason with an oncoming semi. That semi, of course, is President Trump. And the Democrats? They’re standing on the shoulder with a clipboard, giving speeches about traffic safety. It’s been a decade since Trump first took a wrecking ball to our political institutions, and still — still — Democrats haven’t figured out how to contend with a president who doesn’t break rules so much as bend them until they no longer resemble anything that could be called a law.” Thus, we have the $16 million payoff by Paramount Global to Trump over a ‘60 Minutes‘ interview with Kamala Harris that was edited much like any other television interview — no “deliberate manipulation,” no “election interference,” and hardly “the biggest scandal in broadcast history.” Cohen reminds us that Trump’s original demand was for $10 billion before bumping it to $20 billion — not being one to allow reality to get in the way of leverage.

Press freedom groups called the suit “beyond frivolous,” and the CBS/60 Minutes release of raw footage and transcripts showed nothing diabolical was afoot. Cohen says the finality achieved its purpose: intimidation, silence, and compliance. A similar shakedown was paid by Disney/ABC after Trump sued George Stephanopoulos for defamation which resulted in a payout to avoid political and regulatory aggravation — no apology required, no admission of guilt sought, just the money will do! Cohen sees this as a new model of media control, which is not about censorship, but consequence. Trump won’t have to muzzle the press if he makes it expensive, risky, and exhausting to be truthful, with valid journalism becoming a liability. And those Democrats with the clipboards find they are no match for Trump’s second term, with no strategy to parry with a president who views the law as a tool, using litigation not as a means to justice, but as a tool to jimmy the works for political power and monetary benefit. Victims of the fallout brought the resignations of ’60 Minutes’ executive producer Bill Owens, and CBS News President Wendy McMahon. Owens cited loss of editorial independence, and McMahon said she disagrees on “the path forward,” — a path of compliance, timidity, and self-censorship facing legal intimidation and regulatory blackmail. Cohen says we are watching not only the erosion of the First Amendment coupled with monetization of fear, but Trump’s proving our guardrails are only as strong as the will to defend them. That will is lacking in media companies, law firms and the Democratic Party, allowing setting of the precedent that a president can and will sue the media into silence, funneling the proceeds into a personal monument, and skate away sans inquiry, with the opposition stumbling over whether to resist or concede. Cohen concludes that though Democrats are writing letters, making speeches, and asking America to believe that norms and decency are enough — not so, not anymore, and perhaps never again. The most noteworthy monument standing at present is the one to Paramount’s surrender.

As reported on The Hartmann Report, in the wake of the Paramount/CBS payoff, CBS is installing a ‘monitor‘ to look for ‘leftwing bias.’ Such as facts. Hartmann writes, “Reality has a well-known leftwing bias because much of the rightwing ideology out there is based, simply, in lies. Trickle-down economics benefits working class people. Immigrants are more likely to be criminals. Women lover getting abortions, particularly late-term. Unions steal from their workers to make ‘union bosses’ rich. Global warming is a hoax. The fossil fuel and chemical industry aren’t poisoning us and our environment. Green energy is more expensive than gas, oil, or coal. People on Medicaid and food stamps are lazy. Unemployment insurance discourages work. Raising the minimum wage increases unemployment. People only value a college education if they go into debt to get it. Healthcare for all Americans is too complicated for any government to create and administer. America was created as a Christian nation. Every single one of those statements is a demonstrable lie, but when they pop up on CBS News going forward don’t expect any push-back. As part of Skydance’s deal with Trump and the FCC, they not only gave the president a personal $16 million bribe (and apparently also offered a similar amount in free advertising) but also agreed to install in the CBS operations a ‘monitor’ to catch and kill any semblance of ‘leftwing bias.’ This is the sort of thing that routinely happens when nations lose their democracy, and is a flashing red sign that we’re in the actual process of losing ours.”

Joyce Vance writes on Civil Discourse that the CBS ‘bias monitor‘ prompts her to comment on George Orwell’s novel, ‘1984,’ which she quotes from in her upcoming book, ‘Giving Up Is Unforgivable.’ She calls Orwell’s novel ‘illuminating‘ as it looks at the risks of succumbing to fascism. “It underscores the vital role of open, truthful dialogues. It’s about the protection of democratic institutions against the corrosive effects of misinformation and attempts to rewrite history. A bias monitor. Accepted by a major news network. Not a huge public outcry as Trump brings the thought police of fiction into fact. We are overdue to read, or reread, 1984.” In the words of George Orwell: “Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party is always right.” In July of 2024, Kevin Roberts, president of the Heritage Foundation, the conservative think tank that spawned Project 2025, and one of that document’s chief architects, said on Steve Bannon’s podcast, “We are in the process of the second American Revolution, which will remain bloodless if the left allows it to be.” Vance tells us that after that announcement, Trump disclaimed all knowledge of Project 2025, and most people moved on. Four months later, Americans returned Donald Trump to office, and now we’re living under Project 2025 — lots of parallels to 1984. FBI deputy director, Dan Bongino tweeted that he knows things that you don’t — a dark brooding vibe, insinuating that there’s more, enflaming any conspiracy theory MAGA may wish to revisit.

In this same vein, Steven Asarch writes on MSNBC, “Franklin Roosevelt mastered the use of radio. John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan were top of the game on TV. And Donald Trump is the first AI slop president. Since January, Trump’s administration has used artificial intelligence to churn out a steady stream of fake images on social media, from alligators in ICE hats to crying members of Congress, while the official White House account on X has used it to portray the president as Superman, the pope and a villain from ‘Star Wars.'” Asarch brings up the AI-generated clip showing President Obama being forcibly detained by the FBI, and another showing various Democrats in orange prison jumpsuits tagged as the ‘Shady Bunch.’ He says it’s not harmless, necessarily, but it’s mostly just lame trolling usually done by a 14-year old boy, or someone who acts like one. It becomes another thing entirely when Trump does it, as he muddies the waters of reality, encouraging his MAGA horde to believe everything and nothing — to a Trumper steeped in these memes, the answer may not even matter. Past presidents may have lied or presented false evidence on occasion, but Trump at this stage of his political presence, has made us all so tired of his commonplace mission to blame everyone else for the problems he’s created, that it’s easily overlooked. Two risks: One is that malevolent forces disseminate a fake video that is widely believed, leading to real-world consequences. The other is that people stop believing video entirely — the next video leak of prisoners being tortured or a presidential candidate bragging about his sexual assaults, may lead Americans to shrug it off, saying it’s fake. Trump is creating a world in which you can’t trust anyone, facts are fungible and the truth is whatever your political team says it is.

MSNBC’s columnist, Michael A Cohen, writes that the biggest political story in the country is the Jeffrey Epstein saga, but that the hidden story is the cratering popularity of President Trump, with Real Clear PoliticsNate Silver, and Elliott Morris all agreeing that Trump has fallen to the lowest point in his tenure, and that the numbers are still in free fall. The populace is souring on his campaign promises, the very issues his zealotry has visited upon the country. Seeing and hearing stories about his ICE secret police and their unmerciful tactics, the construction of Alligator Alcatraz and a promise to build many more, and most of all, the economy and the threat of even higher prices with his new tariffs aren’t passing muster. If we are fortunate enough to hold midterm elections next year, and the president can’t move the needle into a more favorable position in the interim, the GOP could be in a world of trouble — and it’s difficult to see him dramatically changing his mind about any of his agenda items. In MAGA’s realm, the Epstein situation weakens Trump, and even if he can somehow maintain support in this area, he is taking his party into treacherous political waters. With his Big Beautiful BillImmigration and Customs gets a huge infusion of money with which he has promised to double down on mass deportation cruelty, and the tariffs have become his mantra, so voters can expect more Republican trickle-down in the form of pain. If Democrats can get it together, they should have an easier chore at recruiting viable candidates to pit against Republicans, while raising the money to compete successfully. Even the campaign slogan, ‘We’re not President Donald Trump,’ which was a midterm success during Trump’s first term, might work for them again.

It’s the Epstein files that are driving WashingtonDC’s Republicans and the MAGA bunch, into insanity, prompting the House Speaker to call for the August recess despite unfinished business. And Trump took a cue from Johnson’s action, hotfooting it to Scotland on a business/pleasure trip — the business part being a combination of Trump Golf course business and US government business, all courtesy of the US taxpayer, of course. Scotland’s newspaper, ‘The National‘, greeted him with the headline: ‘CONVICTED US FELON TO ARRIVE IN SCOTLAND.’ Hordes of demonstrators with appropriate signs are welcoming him as well, so he will do his utmost to avoid them, but the Scottish press hasn’t let him forget about his pedo-buddy Epstein. It would probably be his preference to remain on his golf courses until September when Washington comes back to life. Nobody seems to know where JD Vance is hiding out, but he’s saying very little about Jeffrey Epstein in an effort to salvage his political future according to Trump biographer, Michael Wolff. Wolff says, “JD Vance cannot, for his own political future, lose the MAGA base, but at the same time he cannot lose Donald Trump. Go figure.” Some see Vance as the heir apparent to Trump, but the president may have a different view — “We’ll see,” he has said. JD hasn’t been in the White House spotlight lately, which some see as a diminished role in Trump’s hierarchy, with New York Times columnist, Jamelle Bouie describing his function as the ‘president’s official fanboy,’ able to effectively communicate his leader’s vile messages to the base. “And in addition to acting as cheer captain for his boss, Vance also works to give the administration a veneer of intellectualism to cover its cruelty, corruption, and incompetence — a spokesman for the president’s brand of national populism,” Bouie argues.

Even the First Lady is in the middle of the Epstein drama according to Michael Wolff, being “very involved” he commented to Joanna Coles of The Daily Beast. “She was very involved in this Epstein relationship,” Wolff says, adding that Melania was introduced to Trump through model agent, Paolo Zampolli, who had a relationship with both Trump and Epstein. “This is another complicated issue in this — where does she fit into all this? Where does she fit in the Epstein story? Into the whole culture of models of indeterminate age?” asks Wolff. The president has frantically tried to cast off the Epstein tie, trying to blame the DemocratsObama and Biden, calling it a “witch hunt” and a “hoax.” But with the numerous stories in magazines, tabloids, and the shoeboxes full of photos online, Musk’s revenge won’t be an easy one to turn aside. If doing humiliating and irreparable damage to his former Oval Office buddy was the point with his infamous X post — “Trump is in the Epstein files” — Musk has succeeded beyond his wildest dreams. The Washington Post’s Cat Zakrzewski wrote, “If Musk’s goal was merely to stoke the controversy without necessarily settling it, his mission has been accomplished — and then some.” Musk has danced around the periphery of the hidden files, and while not directly attacking Trump since then, he has lent no support either, simply remaining a potent political risk with his reaping of the spoils of his DOGE gleanings. Zakrzewski notes that the X hashtag ‘#TrumpIsAPedoRapist,’ has been popular, and that, “Allies of Musk serving in the Trump administration have had to tread carefully, largely declining to comment on the feud between the president and one of the world’s most powerful business leaders.” Trump posted on Truth Social that he wishes Elon and all US businesses well, for the good of the country, but Elon chose to ignore the post since he still carries a grudge toward the president and the administration for slashing tax credits for electric vehicle purchases, yet retaining subsidies for the petroleum industries.

The House Republican proposal that The Kennedy Center opera house should be renamed to honor Melania Trump— ‘First Lady Melania Trump Opera House‘ — may be on tenterhooks as the Epstein revelations come to light. A House panel voted 33-25 to approve the push to pay homage to the first lady, following President Trump’s takeover of the ‘woke’ institution and naming himself as board chairman. It’s unknown at this time when the GOP plans to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote by the full chamber, and it’s also unknown if Melania is in rehearsals for the role of Floria Tosca to headline a premiere performance.

Satirist Andy Borowitz writes of his own take on the opera house action in ‘The Borowitz Report‘: “Millions of Americans support renaming of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts after the writer E. Jean Carroll, according to a poll released on Wednesday. Conversely, poll respondents opposed naming the venue after First Lady Melania Trump, strongly agreeing with the statement, ‘An arts center should not be named after someone who finds blood-red Christmas trees aesthetically pleasing.’ At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision to rename the Kennedy Center after Mrs. Trump, stating, ‘Since President Trump took it over, the Kennedy Center has been just like the First Lady: renovated and vacant.'”

Broadcast TV’s late night hosts were quick to jump on Trump and his Jeffrey Epstein troubles. The Late Show’s Stephen Colbert began his monologue with, “It’s a great day to be me, because I’m not Donald Trump. That guy has got a lot of problems…the Epstein scandal just won’t kill itself.” About the thousand FBI agents who scoured approximately 100,000 records related to Epstein in order to flag any mentions of Trump, Colbert said, “That is a suspiciously Herculean effort. All the king’s horses and all the king’s men couldn’t hide who Dumpty humped with his friend. You cannot blame Trump and his allies for being scared here, because the more we know about Trump’s relationship to Epstein, the more WE wish we didn’t.” Court records show that Trump flew on Epstein’s plane, the ‘Lolita Express‘, at least seven times, about which Colbert commented, “That doesn’t mean he did anything illegal, but it’s not a great look when you fly on the pedophile’s plane enough times to earn Diamond Pervert status.” ‘Late Night‘ host Seth Meyers referenced Trump’s Truth Social post about hitting the six months mark of his second term, “Wow, time flies.” “Does it though? Its’ been six months of this term, but we already did four years of you, and even when Biden was president, you were still the president of every news cycle. It feels like you’ve been president forever. I think it goes Washington, Jefferson, Adams, and then you,” Meyers responded. Meyers also quipped that Trump has finally named First Lady Melania as his emergency contact.

Speculation is high that a pardon for Jeffrey Epstein’s partner, Ghislaine Maxwell, is in the works, with Trump’s former personal attorney, Todd Blanche — now his personal attorney AND now deputy attorney general of the US — has been assigned the task of ‘interviewing‘ Maxwell to ‘garner more information‘ about the Epstein files. A former official who worked with Attorney General Pammy Ann Bondi in Florida predicted that Blanche would work out a “hidden pardon,” and in light of the firing of Maurene Comey who was handling the case for DOJ, it seems that any obstructions are being cleared. Dave Aronberg, Bondi’s former border czar, called this move “extraordinary” leading him to believe a lot of politics is involved, which might get Maxwell some immunity now and a pardon of sorts in the future — if she claims that Trump is innocent of any wrongdoing in the whole mess. Senator Adam Schiff says, “Clearly, this errand that Todd Blanche, the number-two at the Justice Department, is going on now is in his capacity as Trump’s defense attorney. He wants to know what this convicted child sex trafficker has to say about Donald Trump. And, certainly, she wants a pardon. This whole thing stinks to high heaven.” Attorney Ben Meiselas of ‘MeidasTouch‘ believes Trump is giving Ghislaine a golden ticket for a retrial.

With all this activity, Andy Borowitz has a hit upon where VP JD Vance might be found, his theory datelined from Edinburgh, Scotland: “Donald J Trump revealed on Monday that JD Vance has agreed to serve the remainder of Ghislaiine Maxwell’s prison sentence for her. ‘JD wasn’t thrilled about it, quite frankly,’ Trump told reporters. ‘He was crying like a dog. I told him to be a man. It’s only 20 years.’ As for Maxwell, Trump said, ‘I wish her well,’ adding that he expects her to be a ‘terrific vice president’.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

August

“Every year, the bright Scandinavian summer nights fade without anyone’s noticing. One evening in August you have an errand outdoors, and all of a sudden it’s pitch-black. It is still summer, but the summer is no longer alive.”
~Tove Jansson

“Dear August, the end of Summer. Golden Sand is wetty by the rain water. Can I call it rainy season? No I can’t. What is the reason behind chilly and windy tan? Three shades of weather, conglomerate together. Whatever! I cannot define, It is my favourite, the August time!”
~Radhika Vijay

“You can’t buy happiness, but it’s Sunday, it’s August, the seas are working, your passport is valid, and your tooth doesn’t hurt – that’s enough for the wise.”
~Djura Kelj

“August is a gentle reminder for not doing a single thing from your new year resolution for seven months and not doing it for next five.”
~Crestless Wave

“The children start school now in August. They say it has to do with air-conditioning, but I know sadism when I see it.”
~Rick Bragg

...

A small compilation of Peter Kay. I much enjoy his “misheard lyrics” bits…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

July 16 – 29, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the new Mission Street high-rise project … Steinbruner… landlines, lithium battery storage, and the Whale Bridge… Hayes… Jewel of the Prairie… Patton… “Fake News” About Heat Waves Everywhere… Matlock… what’s that smell?..best buds…client list…losing control… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Agnes Sandström, Titanic survivor Quotes on… “Wishful Thinking”

...

EASTSIDE KIDS PARADE. October 20,1950. I believe this became the annual Eastside Halloween Parade. Looking at Soquel Ave. now you’ll find Saffron & Genevieve’s where the two bay windows are, and on the far right is the parking lot of Western Appliance.. History buffs might notice that our controversial once mayor Ernie Wicklund’s Photo Studio is just down Soquel Avenue a bit about at the center of this photo.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 23, 2025

WISHFUL THINKING. I thought wishful thinking was a good topic for the quotes of the week. I’ve been full of it lately – a whole bunch of “if only” and “why didn’t I”… Long story short, I just said goodbye to my loyal and adoring dog, Kira, a Corhuahua (Corgi-Chihuahua mix) who made it to the quite respectable age of 15. She was love covered in fur, and I miss her.

YOUTUBE STRIKES AGAIN. Sometimes I start thinking that YouTube is a pointless destination on the net, and I will never find anything interesting there, ever again. Invariably, that’s when I find something that I was totally not expecting, like this week’s video: an interview from Swedish Television in 1962 with a Swedish survivor of the Titanic disaster. Let me know if you find it interesting as well!

~Webmistress

...

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

July 21, 2025

Whose Side Are You On?

Yet again, state housing laws impose a dense, six story, seventy-five feet tall mixed-use project on a single-story Santa Cruz neighborhood; this time on Mission St. bordered by Dufour and Palm Streets. The project was presented to the Planning Commission on July 17 and was approved with a unanimous vote from the four commissioners present with three absences. The small houses on the left will be demolished.

Prior to the state density bonus and a plethora of other state housing bills that gut local control, a project at this site would be a maximum of three stories, with required onsite parking and setbacks from adjoining properties. Now, state laws require the city to grant a doubling of allowed height and density with no required onsite parking because a major bus stop is within half a mile.

Neighbors spoke ardently about their loss of privacy along with the traffic and loading vehicle impacts-there is a Starbucks on Dufour that creates its own traffic impacts. Some commissioners expressed an understanding of the negative impacts and regrets that their hands are tied by state laws. They and staff acknowledged that the developer for this project has made several design changes and concessions, including the provision of fourteen parking spaces in response to neighbors’ input, a rarity for recent high-rise projects, but the mass and scale are non-negotiable. The developer requested eleven waivers, eight variations and numerous concessions and all were granted as required by state law.

The commission chair, while expressing his understanding of the neighbors’ concerns, especially the loss of privacy, stated what he saw as the trade-off. He asked, “are we going to benefit ourselves or benefit the group?” By the “group” he meant the people who will move to Santa Cruz and occupy the sixty-seven housing units. By “ourselves”, he meant the people who spoke at the meeting and who currently live in the adjacent small single-family houses, many having lived there all their lives, born and raised in Santa Cruz, some with young families. I didn’t understand why future residents and current residents both are not “groups.” The former don’t yet live here, the latter do. Aren’t elected officials and advisory bodies supposed to represent the community’s interests? Not a potential community but an existing one? And why the either/or question?  If the state left land use decisions under local control, we would have new housing projects at a reasonable height, with parking, with setbacks, with design review under the Ocean St. and Mission St. Urban Design Plans, with far less neighborhood impacts and objections. The tension is caused by the state housing laws that are developer driven, out of scale with existing neighborhoods, creating significant negative impacts, adding nothing to housing affordability, in fact making affordability worse by raising the Area Median Income. There is a reason we are the town with the highest rents to wages ratio for the third year. One speaker summed it up well when he said of the project, “this is not for our community. It’s for a future population that doesn’t yet live here at the expense of those who do!”

And who are these newcomers? The location and size of the units are clues. These days, developers are upfront about the demographic who will be the future residents. The Workbench representative said that the most likely occupants will be students. He said that recent UCSC graduates have a particularly hard time finding housing. He did add “working individuals” into the mix but I doubt that means “workforce housing” and it almost certainly does not mean working families. If you add up the recently approved big projects, many if not most will be student housing. Frankly, if there’s a trade-off, I say we should benefit the neighbors who live here, who have contributed to the community, who pay taxes and fees and let UCSC either provide housing for all its students or institute a growth moratorium. I guarantee that would take us out of the number one spot for cost of rents. It may also temper the high-rise project line-up at the Planning Department.

Update on Senate Bill 79. If you recall, this is the state bill that will bring high-rises deep into single family neighborhoods. Within a quarter and a half-mile radius of any bus stop or train stop, developers can by right build housing projects up to 65 and 75 feet tall respectively, with no public input. Radius makes a circle; this is not linear distance. What has just been approved on Mission St. can then be built next to you even if you live well off a main thoroughfare. The bill passed by one vote in committee. After the July recess it will go for a vote in the Assembly and Senate. Senator John Laird has indicated support. I do not know about Assembly member Pellerin. I suggest organizing meetings with both while they are on home turf during the recess. If you are interested, email me at gilliangreensite@gmail.com.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
AB 470 LAND LINES

Write your elected representatives today.  Preserving landline service is critical for rural resident safety. [AB 470: Telephone corporations: carriers of last resort.]

PEOPLE WANT INFORMATION ABOUT COUNTY’S PLAN TO INSTALL THREE GRID-SCALE LITHIUM BATTERY STORAGE FACILITIES
Last week, the large room at Simpkins Center Community Room was filled (150-200 people) who were eager to know more about the County’s plan to install grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) in Watsonville neighborhoods, and near Dominican Hospital and Aptos High School.   
 
The organizers, Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County, is a grassroots group of concerned local residents.  They are funding all of this on their own in order to inform the public because none of the County Supervisors will hold town hall meetings on the subject.  The Board is set to consider the County’s new Ordinance to allow BESS at these three sites, with the application for the 90 Minto Road facility in Watsonville already in permit process.  Public Records Act request materials show that developer and their consultants are largely crafting the Ordinance.  Hmmmm…..
 
Learn more here: STOP Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County
 
 
HOW CAN ANYONE THINK THIS IS CLEAN, SAFE OR GOOD FOR THE PLANET?
Lithium batteries are risky.  There have been many fires reported recently, and the local fire responders are called to electric car fires frequently.
 
15 injured in Kaohsiung lithium cell plant fire – Focus Taiwan
 
New report reveals what caused APS battery explosion that hospitalized eight firefighters
 
The Arizona McMicken BESS Explosion: Key Takeaways – EticaAG
 
Sodium batteries are not prone to thermal runaway and fires that plague lithium battery technology.  China, the largest battery manufacturer, is transitioning quickly to producing sodium batteries.
Consider this:
 
In 2023, here was the latest:

According to the latest released data, sodium battery production capacity is only 2GWh by the end of 2022, and by the end of 2023, sodium battery production capacity is expected to increase to 21GWh, 950% year-on-year increase.

2023 is the first year of large-scale sodium-ion batteries, a number of listed companies cut into the sodium-ion battery track, CATL recently revealed that this year’s sodium-ion battery will be industrialized.Sodium batteries have a good cost advantage, and the total cost of sodium batteries is 30-40% lower than that of lithium batteries. The White Paper on the Development of China’s Sodium-Ion Battery Industry (2023) predicts that the actual shipment of sodium-ion batteries will reach 347.0GWh by 2030.

The capacity of the hard carbon anode is related to the energy density of sodium-ion batteries, which is the biggest difficulty in the current industrialization of hard carbon. Anode material hard carbon manufacturers have successfully developed high-capacity, high-first-effect hard carbon materials and taken the lead in industrialization

 
In 2023,The Production Capacity Of Sodium-Ion Batteries Will Increase By 10x
 
But in April of this year, here is the news:

SHANGHAI, April 21 (Reuters) – China’s CATL (300750.SZ), opens new tab on Monday launched a new brand for its sodium-ion batteries, Naxtra, which it said would go into mass production in December, and a second generation of its fast-charging battery for electric cars.
 
CATL became the first major automotive battery maker to launch a sodium-ion battery in 2021. Unlike other battery materials, sodium is cheap and abundant, and the chemistry has the potential to reduce fire risks in EVs, experts have said.

The first production under the Naxtra brand will be of a new sodium-ion battery with an energy density of 175 watt-hours per kilogram, nearly equivalent to the lithium iron phosphate (LFP) batteries popularly used in electric vehicles and grid energy storage systems.
Sodium-ion batteries may have a cost advantage over lithium-ion batteries as the technology and supply chain develop, said Ouyang Chuying, co-president for R&D at CATL.

Reuters: Chinese battery maker CATL launches second generation fast charging battery
 

Here is more

 
So, why is Santa Cruz County and Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) so anxious to install dangerous lithium battery energy storage facilities in our county’s neighborhoods, and not insisting on SAFE alternative technologies?
  
OPT OUT OF 3CE TO BOYCOTT THEIR RIGID POLICY EMBRACING HAZARDOUS GRID-SCALE LITHIUM BATTERIES 
In the aftermath of the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire in January/February, many local residents have been attending Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) Executive, Operations and Policy Board meetings.  We have asked that 3CE leadership slow down the feverish drive to attain 100% renewable energy by 2030, an ambitious goal that is 15 years ahead of California’s 2045 goal for the same.
 
Why the rush?  Why support installation of dangerous grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) when safe alternatives are on the near horizon (see articles above).  What about 3CE’s liability in funding residential lithium BESS units, knowing the technology poses significant public safety problems and environmental problems?
 
No answer.  
 
Except for the representatives of Morro Bay and Salinas, all agents of 3CE have been dismissive and silent.  

It was only at the June 25, 2025 Santa Cruz County Commission on the Environment meeting that it became known, thanks to an astute member of the public, that 3CE Board of Operations approved an exclusivity deal for electricity from a new lithium BESS in Monterey County a new lithium BESS in Monterey County, the Holman BESS, LLC, partnering with Clearway Energy in November, 2024. 
 
3CE has not been forthcoming about this issue and has regarded the public dismissively.  What other lithium BESS facilities are 3CE customer monies funding, but that have not been admitted to the public?
 
Therefore, it is important and necessary to boycott service by 3CE and urge others to do so, because of the unacceptable policy to support and expand hazard-prone lithium BESS facilities in our communities without transparency or respect for the public’s concerns about the risky lithium technology.  
 
Most troubling is the fact that 3CE leadership refuses to re-evaluate their unrealistic goal of 100% renewable energy by 2030 and dismisses any consideration of non-lithium battery storage technology that is SAFE.
 
Boycott the 3CE’s unacceptable policy to promote toxic, explosive grid-scale lithium battery storage.
 
OPT OUT TODAY, and let them know why!

THE WHALE BRIDGE IS OPEN NOW!
Even though the official RTC Ribbon Cutting Ceremony for the Chanticleer Overcrossing (aka the Whale Bridge) is set for July 30, it opened for use last week.  I walked the length and back last weekend to see what I could see!  Many others were doing the same.

Sweeping views of the very noisy PureWater Soquel Project treated sewage water facility (I saw some leaky pipes)

Highway One…not during commute hours!

A hazardous unsignalized cross walk at Chanticleer Avenue and Soquel Frontage Rd.
 

A busy narrow Chanticleer Avenue area near Grey Bears that has no sidewalk or bike lane.
 
 

Many families having fun riding over the long-awaited Whale Bridge!

 

Go check it out!  Bring hearing protection because it is very noisy.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  OPT OUT OF 3CE AND LET THEM KNOW YOU DEMAND DIVESTMENT OF ALL LITHIUM GRID SCALE BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE FACILITIES.

DO JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Jewel of the Prairie

There is a metallic green and blue gem that exists only in very small patches of coastal prairie around Santa Cruz County. If you look carefully at one, you can see shiny coppery flecks not visible from very far away. This precious gem is so very rare as to be considered endangered. If you find one, you must leave it alone – collecting is illegal. Even without collecting, these jewels fade, dwindle and disappear if people don’t carefully tend the grasslands surrounding them.

For thousands of years, the native peoples stewarded these treasures, passing the wisdom of their care from generation to generation, hundreds of generations sharing their stories, teaching their children the secrets of their craft.

Then came disease followed by genocide. Small pox and other Old-World diseases left much of the human population dead before they even encountered the people who had vectored these deadly illnesses. When these strangely dressed people arrived, they were alien and dangerous, capturing, imprisoning, and enslaving the last of the indigenous people from our area. No one asked or learned how to take care of the prairies and the treasures they held, so they slowly withered, dwindled and disappeared.

Those Gems Have Legs

What I’m talking about is the Ohlone tiger beetle, and it is luckily still hanging on in a very few fairly special places. Sometime in the distant evolutionary past, hundreds of thousands or perhaps millions of years ago, shiny tiger beetles from their more common habitat, fringes of lagoons at the edge of beaches, began exploring further upland, into wet meadows. There, along mastodon and horse trails, they found a new home. They followed these trails further away from their seashore brethren. Eventually, these populations lost contact with one another and a new species evolved…one of the very few tiger beetles of grasslands.

Prairies, Unlikely Habitat

Fast-moving predators that hunt down their prey by outrunning them on bare ground seem unlikely to be successful in grasslands. Take a walk in the coastal prairies of Point Lobos, Fort Ord, Santa Cruz’ Pogonip or Moore Creek greenbelts, or Wilder Ranch and think about where patches of bare soil could support a tiger beetle. Chances are, you are standing on it. The bare soil is only reliably found on trails. Elsewhere where tiger beetles are native, the bare soil is caused by receding salt water, waves, or, on dunes, by wind. Prairie tiger beetles evolved relying on giant mammals…grazers…and their trails. Their biology should tell us much about how to take care of the land to help them survive. They have almost disappeared entirely, forever.

Making Bare Ground

Tiger beetle hunting ground means bare ground, and bare ground takes work to make in the otherwise dense grasslands of our area. How do we mimic the mastodon trails? Tires. Feet. Hooves. Trampling. Also, piles of bare subsoil thrown up by gophers, badgers, and ground squirrels can work. Burrowing animals are hard to manage, and badgers have been driven to near local extinction. What we rely on more than anything is carefully managed livestock used to mimic the evolutionary disturbance regime of trampling – big critters pounding trails. Recreational hiking and biking have also proven fruitful, but only if managed just right so as to keep beetles from being crushed by fast-moving thrill-seeking exercise fanatics.

Different landowners use different approaches to steward tiger beetle grasslands. UCSC and City Parks use carefully planned cattle grazing in places and managed recreational trails in other places to keep the beetles healthy. State Parks uses signs and strings to move recreational trails around the beetle patches, so that tiger beetles can live on yesteryear’s trails where people won’t crush them. The Land Trust uses livestock grazing in areas closed to the public to create tiger beetle habitat. The Center for Natural Lands Management uses mowing and other techniques. The varied approaches to tending beetle habitat appear to work to varying degrees, but no one has analyzed what is working better.

Endangered Species Protections

The US government listed the Ohlone tiger beetle as endangered on October 3, 2001, affording the species the protections under the Endangered Species Act as implemented by the US Fish and Wildlife Service. This means that it is illegal to kill, possess, or harm/harass any individual of the species without a permit. These protections have helped to create 2 preserve areas at UCSC dedicated to conserving the species. The listing also compelled the Land Trust of Santa Cruz and the City of Scotts Valley to set aside and manage a significant portion of super-diverse grasslands. And, because the species is listed as endangered there has been funding to reintroduce the species to a grassland area in Soquel and to manage that habitat so that the species can recover there. In general, the areas of grasslands where the species has been found are better managed than if the species wasn’t listed or wasn’t there. Many other coastal prairie species have benefited from the recognition of the Ohlone tiger beetle as endangered. However, one area of habitat was purposefully destroyed on the eve of the listing of the species, so as to avoid federal regulation on that private land: how sad, such greed!

Saga of the Petition

There is an interesting story behind the listing of the Ohlone tiger beetle. In the past, the State or Federal government would have recognized a species as being rare or endangered and so would prepare their own petition package to examine the science to support or reject the need to protect the species under the Endangered Species Acts. However, neither agency was pursuing listing the Ohlone tiger beetle, so it took private citizens’ efforts to do this. The first petition, prepared by R. Morgan a local expert biologist, was rejected by the Federal government. A biologist-for-hire with few evident ethical standards (aka biostitute), who nonetheless had ‘credentials’ challenged the petition on such grounds as R. Morgan’s failure to search redwood forests for the species and because he was not similarly ‘credentialed.’ Somehow, that challenge held…perhaps also because the client of said consultant threatened legal action if the species was listed. Around this time, a proponent of developing a Scotts Valley parcel containing the species testified in front of the Scotts Valley City Council that the Ohlone tiger beetle was ‘probably the most common beetle in the world,’ echoing both the level of inaccuracy and the stridency of disinformation that would later become much more commonplace in public discourse.

Subsequently, I organized a group of local volunteers and trained them in survey methodologies for the Ohlone tiger beetle. The large group fanned out across the region looking in every grassland for the species. I gathered credentialed expert testimony about such species being limited to certain (aka grassland) habitats. Also, scientists further published on the biology of the species, describing its larval habits. We submitted the petition but didn’t hear back. So, the Center for Biological Diversity legal team wrote the federal government demanding that they act on the legally binding timeline of the Endangered Species Act. That spurred action and the more data-rich petition was accepted by the US Fish and Wildlife Service which then published its findings that the species warranted listing as endangered.

Historical Notes

We owe a lot to various individuals for their help with conserving the Ohlone tiger beetle. Of course, there were hundreds of generations of native people who kept the species healthy. If not for them, the species would have long ago gone extinct as grasslands depend on human management to exist at all. More recently, David Suddjian, an epic birder and general expert biologist, “discovered” the species at the gate between UCSC Twin Gates and the then private Gray Whale Ranch (now Wilder Ranch State Park). He told R. Morgan who then collected some specimens, making others aware of this spectacular find.

Since then, the list of folks who have been important for Ohlone tiger beetle conservation has grown. Dedicated biologists with the US Fish and Wildlife Service who have been instrumental in this species’ conservation include Colleen Sculley and Chad Mitcham. Tara Cornellise and Larry Ford have done amazing research informing local conservation and management. Barry Knisely, the leading tiger beetle specialist in the US, has been particularly generous with his time and talent at informing the conservation of this species…all the way from his home in Virginia! Tommy Williams, a third-generation rancher and lifelong land manager expert at stewarding our local ecosystems, has been tremendously helpful in managing cattle herds to benefit the species, which otherwise would probably have slipped closer to extinction. Many others have played key roles in the salvation of this gem of the coastal prairie. No doubt, many others for hundreds of generations to come will have to keep learning and adapting to keep this and other jewels of the coastal prairie thriving.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, July 21, 2025

#202 / “Fake News” About Heat Waves Everywhere

The cover of the July 21, 2025, edition of The New Yorker is reproduced above. It’s HOT in the Big City! The latest edition of the magazine is “hot off the press” in more ways than one.

It’s hot in India, too, by the way, as reported by The New York Times. To quote from the July 1, 2025, article that I have just linked, “In some parts of the country [India], daytime temperatures have hovered close to 50 degrees Celsius, or 122 degrees Fahrenheit.”

Those who have followed my earlier recommendation, and have read Kim Stanley Robinson’s book, Ministry For The Future, will probably remember that Robinson’s story begins with a heat wave in India. As I recall, the heat wave Robinson describes (in what is, so far, a fictional account of what global warming is doing) killed something like two million people, in just a few days.

Our current president, as we all must know, has opined that what the scientists have called global warming is just some sort of “fake news,” an “evil” plot by Democrats and environmentalists. More offshore oil drilling, oil and gas development in the Arctic, and similar efforts to boost the use of fossil fuels of all kinds is a prescription for disaster (at least if you believe Kim Stanley Robinson, or take seriously flash floods in Texas and the kind of heat waves, almost everywhere, memorialized by The New Yorker’s cover).

If we believe Robinson, when the death toll reaches a million, or more, in a single incident, THEN the world will start doing something about global warming. Think about Robinson’s title (I like to think about grammatical construction, personally). His “Ministry,” which is intended to mobilize resources, worldwide, to confront global warming, is a ministry “For” the future, because if we don’t have a worldwide, coordinated and collective response to the forces we have put in motion there isn’t going to be a future.

Old as I am, I continue to be “future oriented.” If you’d like to get out ahead in favor of the inevitable need for a massive human response, coordinated globally, along the lines that Robinson writes about, you should definitely consider how you can free up some of your personal time to start working towards a solution. This is, essentially, what Greta Thunberg* has done. How much of her personal time has she mobilized?

I’d say, maybe, about 100%, in her case, just based on what I read. If you can’t do that much, you can still start figuring out what you can do – and you can start doing it!

Really, that’s a choice for all of us. We can either dedicate our lives to perpetuating the possibilities that human life can continue on Planet Earth. Or, we can forget about all that, and call the reports of global warming, and its effects, “fake news.”


Greta Thunberg

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

CASE CLOSED, LOYALTIES LIE, SCHLEMIEL, SCHLIMAZEL, SCIENCE

President Trump is probably hoping his new addition to his line of fragrances — ‘Victory 45-47’ — will cover the stench of the rebirth of the Jeffrey Epstein imbroglio into his existence. The Don has a long history of pushing fragrances, introducing ‘Donald Trump, The Fragrance’ in 2004, in a partnership with Estée Lauder‘Empire by Trump’ came along in 2015, and ‘Victory 47’ cologne and perfume was offered in 2024, as well as ‘Fight, Fight, Fight,’ which encompassed scents for both sexes. Promos for the latest addition read, “Trump Fragrances are here. They’re called ‘Victory 45-47’ because they’re all about Winning, Strength, and Success — For men and women. Get yourself a bottle, and don’t forget to get one for your loved ones too. Enjoy, have fun, and keep winning!” The announcement quickly brought forth comments on social media sites: Burt on X joked, “Just spent my entire life savings on his new phone service. Going to take a few payday loans to get this new fragrance;” Drew warned potential buyers, “You are a complete loser if you buy this;” Aaron wrote, “New frontiers of grifting;” former MSNBC host Mehdi Hasan questioned, “How is this legal?” And on X, Jeff remarked, “Trump launching fragrance line called ‘Victory 45-47’ for $199 a bottle. Rumored to be made from ‘essence’ of his ‘precious bodily fluids.’ Appropriate warnings may or may not be listed on label. Use with extreme caution and ideally in the presence of a medical professional.”

Of course, we know Trump has an even longer history as a sexual predator, which led him and Epstein to become ‘best friends for ten or fifteen years,’ documented in interviews, nearly 300 photos and videos posted online, all verified by his many friends and associates. Trump’s promises, during the 2024 presidential campaign, to MAGA and potential voters included his plan to release all files related to the Epstein investigation, his arrest and conviction, and his subsequent prison cell suicide — which the hordes demanded — with the icing on the cake being the rumored ‘client list.’ Asked about it several weeks ago, Secretary Pammy Ann Bondi told the press “everything is sitting on my desk, awaiting review,” with an expected release to follow. It all hit the fan, when at a recent Cabinet meeting, she proclaimed that the files didn’t exist, causing a complete uproar among the MAGAt faithful, and a stream of excuses and what-aboutisms from the panic-stricken White House. Trump had already used one of his highest attention-grabbing Wag-The-Dog diversions by dropping bunker busters on Iran — where could he go from here without starting WWIII? Of course — he could revert to his old tried and true attack of — name calling! That’s the ticket, simply disown the GOP and MAGAts who were calling him out as a liar about the Epstein situation; besides, Elon Musk doesn’t have anything since he didn’t release any details along with his dubious threat, and the fact that his DOGE crew ransacked or copied all the files they got their hands on means nothing — just “don’t believe your lying eyes and ears, only believe what I tell you.” Case closed!

Marc Elias wrote on Democracy Docket that Conspiracy-In-Chief leader Trump has let his self-inflicted crisis on the Epstein Files get out of control and in his attempt to control the debacle he is reduced to expressing his anger in gibberish-filled posts on Truth Social. He has lost control of his narrative, and for the time being, a huge swath of his MAGA base, on an issue of great importance to both Republicans and Democrats, who failed to communicate with voters in 2024. Elias points out that the cultural influencers and podcasters who pushed their audiences into the Trump camp are making their angry voices heard — the most alienated in Trump’s about-face. Should an election actually happen in 2026, the GOP stands to lose many of the current officeholders whose names will be on the ballot once again. The unpopular legislation that Congress is pressured to enact is already the albatross on their shoulders, and the Epstein episode will only add to their burden. Despite Trump’s weakness of his hold on his base, “the elections of 2018 and 2022 are a reminder of how badly the GOP fared in those midterms, with Trump’s attracting and endorsing the worst candidates while offering no increase in voter turnout or enthusiasm,” asserts Elias. Roiling the waters with dismissal of Epstein as unimportant, Trump has brought on the wrath of his former supporters, while bringing momentum to the Democrats who hope that GOPers in both the House and Senate will bear the brunt of the president’s lies and idiocy next year.

Elias urges caution as we watch the impotence of the Congressional Republicans toward this scandal — they call for the release of the files, yet cast votes for the exact opposite. To Elias, “It seems clear that the overwhelming majority of House and Senate Republicans will end up voting to protect Trump and the secrets contained in those files. It’s clear where their loyalties lie — and it’s not with the American people. Finally, the biggest difference is Trump himself. He is selfish and does not care about any of the Republicans serving in Congress. Even as they hav become more obsequious — perhaps because of it — he holds them in contempt. We know — and they know — that Trump will do whatever he deems is in his best interest and will sacrifice any or all of them without a second thought.” Elias recounts the words of his grandmother who taught him, “Learn manners because when you grow up, you don’t want to be a schlemiel — a person who, at a nice dinner party, spills the soup. But even more important, never be the schlimazel — the chronically unlucky person onto whose lap the soup is spilled.” He then concludes, “When it comes to congressional politics, Trump may be a vulgar schlemiel, but congressional Republicans are always the schlimazels.”

At the recent Hill Nation Summit, some Democrats grudgingly complimented Trump’s strategies as they attempt to learn from the November losses as they move toward 2026, attempting to narrow the Republican majorities. California’s Ro Khanna believes Democrats have been “way too judgmental” of Americans who voted for Donald Trump. “We acted as if the problem was the voters; the problem was the party, and we acted with a condescension and a judgment on voters,” he said to NewsNation’s Chris Cillizza. With the Democratic Party showing its lowest favorability ratings in years, and struggling to redefine its image, many are calling for a new generation of leaders, which is adding fuel to intra-party frustrations. Democratic strategist, Fred Hicks said, “You can’t understand how to win by repeating losing behavior; you have to study winners. And the reality is that Trump has won two of his three elections. I think it’s prudent to understand how Republicans have earned the votes of so many people.” Khanna criticized his party for not having a compelling economic vision for years, but suggested he could bring a better economic vision forward, with many speculating he has his eye on a presidential run. Hicks disparages our system in saying, “The problem in American politics right now is that if your team runs the play, then it’s OK; if the other team does it, then it’s not. What that has done is that’s created a deficit of trust in our system, amongst voters, everyday people.”

House Speaker Mike Johnson announced that no vote on a resolution calling for the release of Epstein-related documents will be held before the August recess, despite the growing outcry over the Trump administration’s handling of the case. Johnson says he wants the administration to have time to act on the matter before going ahead with congressional action, though Trump is urging the GOP to just drop the issue. AG Pam Bondi has requested release of grand jury transcripts, with Johnson claiming there is no argument over the need for maximum transparency. “My belief is we need the administration to have the space to do what it is doing and if further Congressional action is necessary or appropriate, then we’ll look at that. But I don’t think we are at that point right now because we agree with the president,” Johnson replied to reporters. Latching on to the frustrations in the Epstein case, Representatives Thomas Massie and Ro Khanna have joined forces on a resolution to release the files — a discharge petition for the legislation in an attempt to force it to the floor, which has at least ten GOP co-sponsors. Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene, one of the critics of Trump’s foot-dragging, said, “Dangling bits of red meat no longer satisfies. They want the whole steak dinner and will accept nothing else — the base will turn and there’s no going back.”

Democratic strategist Antjuan Seawright believes there’s “a lot” for Democrats to learn from Trump’s approach to politics, which has allowed him to “hypnotize his base” along the campaign trail and in office. “Two things happen with elections: You win or you learn. I think there’s certainly a lot to learn from Trump’s political career and his style, and I think more than anything, to learn that we don’t have to continue this idea of doing business as usual, but we must master doing unusual business,” he contends. Maryland Representative Glenn Ivey stressed that his party’s need to keep up with the changing media landscape, which the GOP dominated so effectively in the last election, is a top priority. Ivey feels optimistic about the midterms next year, pointing to President Trump’s falling poll numbers. “He’s hurting himself a lot. If we later on — we being the Democrats — layer on top of that an affirmative message…we could really have very strong gains.” Polls put Trump’s disapproval rating at its highest since the beginning of his second term, and Ivey says, “If you want to turn voters out, get ’em angry, get ’em excited. We’ll see if we can sustain it, but it’s certainly heading in the right direction for us at this point.”

Salon.com has presented why many Americans are put off by the Trump administration’s policies — MAGA hates science! The ongoing destruction of stormy weather wreaking havoc in our communities isn’t convincing enough for them to even consider that climate change is nothing more than a hoax. Measles? Meh, no biggie — shut down research, clinics, and ban vaccines — all medical research, while we’re at it! Salon’s article speculates that it’s because scientific advances don’t discriminate between the ‘worthy’ and those considered ‘unworthy,’ and because some in the billionaire class think they deserve to live much longer than you do. “But it’s not just the small — and small-minded, and small-hearted — wealthy libertarian or right-wing elite. Working people who choose to wear MAGA red caps hate science for their own reasons: It tells them things about disease and environmental destruction and, say, women’s reproductive health that they cannot bear to face. Scientific findings often do not jibe with their religious beliefs. If you believe the Earth is 6,000 years old, were never taught how to distinguish between faith and knowledge, you’re naturally going to have a testy relationship with science,” Salon declares.

The article continues: “By its nature of openness to new ideas, scientific inquiry exemplifies the secular worldview of liberals. Science levels the playing field. It’s woke. Scientists discriminate about the significance of evidence, but they do no discriminate about the significance of different human beings. (That is what the MAGA faithful think their religion is for —because Republicans have spent a long time perverting Christianity, too, to justify their greed and bigotry.) There’s the danger to those who consider themselves superior — by race, color, creed or position on the Forbes list — to the mass of men and women. Scientific advancements make us ever more aware that we are all the same and should enjoy the same basic rights to education, health care, civil liberties like voting, freedom of and freedom from religion, and the freedom to read or otherwise consume whatever opinions or cultural works we choose — the very things that the current occupant of the White House and his MAGA followers are working to take away from us.” History tells us that friction between science and religion could bring imprisonment or death to scientists, and now we see our president calling global warming “a hoax,” as he takes down NOAA and FEMA, while defunding climate research and green technology. What Trump and his party of grifters and religious zealots are accomplishing in taking down universities funding for research will be economically devastating, not only to those now directly involved, but to future generations who could receive advantages from any developments. Make COVID great again!

What our felonious leader wants to see is the destruction of all expertise, as all autocrats are inclined to accomplish. He wishes to be respected for any idiotic public health proposals, or for changing the weather by unleashing nuclear bombs inside a developing hurricane, or simply changing the name of a geographical location to satisfy his delicate ego — or demanding that professional sports organizations change their team’s names. He doesn’t wish to have some Pulitzer Prize-winning economist or historian tell him and his base that his Big Beautiful Bill is a failure, or that he isn’t the greatest president — or the greatest world leader — in all of history. Hating to be questioned, he despises journalists, scientists, or anyone educated enough to be critically challenging; hence, his “Cabinet of white nationalist frat boys, shameless sycophants, and fellow grifters — not to mention a supermajority of right-wing Supreme Court justices who appear ready to hand him absolute power,” the Salon article charges.

A notable President Trump story resulting from his attendance at an energy and technology summit in Pittsburgh, has him claiming that his uncle, John Trump, taught the Unabomber. Uncle John was a professor at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, who Nephew Donald calls “one of the great professors, longest-serving professor in MIT history, with three degrees in nuclear, chemical and math — that’s a smart man.” The ‘longest-serving’ lie has been debunked numerous times over the years, but what can we expect from the least honest president in American history? He asked his audience, “Do you know who Ted Kaczynski was? There’s very little difference between a madman and a genius.” Trump then regaled the assembled with a supposed ‘conversation’ he had with Uncle John, who told him all about student Kaczynski, none of it, however, being true — a complete fabrication. To begin with, Kaczynski attended Harvard, not MIT, and the most damning fact is that John Trump died in 1985, with Kaczynski not being identified and arrested until 1986. MSNBC says that if both Trumps knew of Kaczynski’s role as the Unabomber a decade before his apprehension, that would be quite a newsworthy story. White House press secretary, Katherine Leavitt, was asked about Trump’s whopper, and as usual admonished the reporter who dared to ask such a question “with so many issues going on in the world.” A good follow-up question would have been, “Then why isn’t the president dealing with THOSE issues?”

The Unabomber story bomb seems just another sad event that the mainstream media is ignoring is Trump’s increasing disconnect from reality. One day after he graced the Pittsburgh audience with the story, he again complained about Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell, saying, “I was surprised he was appointed,” obviously forgetting he had made the appointment himself in 2017? Or trying to pass the buck? He resumed his attack on Powell at a White House Faith Office summit, calling the chairman “a knucklehead” and “a stupid guy,” as he went on to deride the intelligence of his former energy secretary Rick Perry, and telling the assembled that President Biden “wasn’t faithful enough and sought to persecute religious leaders.” Those gathered heard his claim that gasoline prices are priced at the lowest level in decades — under $2 per gallon — a claim he has repeated for weeks, while everyone knows the per gallon price has not fallen below the nationwide average of $3 since his inauguration. It seems that most of the time he has no idea what is going on in his own bailiwick, telling House Republicans not to touch MedicaidMedicare, and Social Security if they want to keep winning elections. This admonition just days before he actually signed the Big Beautiful Bill which did those very things, prompting one GOPer to tell him,“But we’re touching Medicaid in this bill.” Surprise, surprise, Donny! Another incident, when asked by a reporter why military aid shipments to Ukraine had been placed on hold, he turned the question to ask if SHE knew who had ordered the halt — “You tell me!” Making up stories, making false claims, attacking other public officials — seems the stuff for a good in-depth story, perhaps? So, where are the reports connecting these incidents? Why only tossed off comments that hardly equate to the “aggressive reporting on President Biden’s cognitive decline,” which won Axios reporter Alex Thompson the Aldo Beckman Award for Overall Excellence at the White House Correspondents Dinner.

Thompson, who teamed up with CNN’s Jake Tapper to write a best-seller that delved into Biden’s alleged decline and the White House’s attempt to cover his difficulties, said in his acceptance speech, “President Biden’s decline and its cover-up by the people around him is a reminder that every White House, regardless of party, is capable of deception. But being truth-tellers also means telling the truth about ourselves. We, myself included, missed a lot of this story, and some people trusted us less because of it. We bear some responsibility for faith in the media being at such lows.” So, he admits the media dropped the ball back then. Where is the media NOW? Where is the team of Thompson/Tapper? Are they resting on their laurels, gloating over their ‘success’? The truth-tellers have chickened out!

A truth-teller who crossed Trump and corporate America last week — Stephen Colbert — learned a hard lesson, which we should all take as a warning. His show was cancelled, and will no longer be in the CBS lineup after May 2026, at the end of his current contract. This has brought forth a cacophony of voices and a few offers, he will surely land in a good spot to continue his pointed commentary — more on this later to be sure. In the meantime send your best wishes to the Trumps, CBS, Skydance, the Redstones, and the Ellisons to let them know how we feel.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Wishful Thinking

“If something is true, no amount of wishful thinking will change it.”
~Richard Dawkins

“Wishful thinking is not sound public policy.”
~Bjorn Lomborg

“Stop the habit of wishful thinking and start the habit of thoughtful wishes.”
~Mary Martin

“The existence of life beyond Earth is an ancient human concern. Over the years, however, attempts to understand humanity’s place in the cosmos through science often got hijacked by wishful thinking or fabricated tales.”
~Jill Tarter

“Where there is life there is wishful thinking.”
~Gerald F. Lieberman

...

Agnes Sandström interviewed on Swedish Television in 1962.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

July 9 – 15, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the Gutting of CEQA… Steinbruner… Moss Landing, whale crossing, new park in Watsonville… Hayes… Swanton Pacific Ranch at a Critical Juncture… Patton… … Home on the range Matlock… alligator auschwitz…los desaparecidos…sinful…state overreach… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the sound of dialup! Quotes on… “Letting go”

...

THE MIGHTY SAN LORENZO RIVER circa 1895. Here’s the way the river used to be during the Venetian Water Festivals. They started in 1895 and continued off and on into the 1920’s. Talk about bringing life back to our river!!!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 9, 2025

CULTURE SHOCK? Or is that environment? Climate? I don’t know, but things are different up in the mountains. I thought our power went out quite frequently in Aptos, but here in Ben Lomond it’s a whole other ballgame. Getting an automatic generator set up is moving up the priority list for sure, especially before we go into fall and get rains and what not.

So, why am I even talking about this? Oh, because our power went out just as I was about to post this column, and everything crashed… Live and learn and do it again, that seems to be the way of things 🙂

Life’s an adventure!

~Webmistress

...

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

July 7, 2025

CEQA Gutted

Lookout’s Christopher Neely moderates a 2024 panel on affordable housing with L. to R. Senator Scott Wiener, Supervisor Manu Koenig and then City councilmember Sandy Brown.

You are no doubt aware that Governor Newsom has signed two bills championed by Senator Scott Wiener and Assemblymember Buffy Wicks to gut significant portions of the CA Environmental Quality Act or CEQA. That goal has been a long-standing aim of Wiener’s but hitherto had not garnered strong support. That is, until the repeated claim of CEQA as a major obstacle to the building of affordable housing gained enough traction for the governor to tie the bills’ passage to that of the state budget. Opposition from a coalition of one hundred environmental groups was swift but largely ignored by the governor and his supporters.

The central question remains: is there evidence to support the claim that CEQA has been a major cause of the affordability crisis in housing in CA? If so, then a scrutiny of CEQA is in order. CEQA critics claim that it is and cite a few extreme examples. However, the examples and claims such as Wiener’s that “anyone who doesn’t like a project for any reason can use CEQA to delay or even kill a project for reasons having literally nothing to do with the environment.”

-LA Times e-newsletter, Essential California- do not stand up when measured against credible research. The 148-page research document, CEQA by the Numbers: Myths and Facts published by the Housing Workshop for the Rose Foundation in May 2023 can be read here.

It counters with empirical research the exaggerated or false claims made by CEQA opponents.  For example, the rate of litigation for all CEQA projects was 1.9 % for a nine-year period from 2013 to 2021. Hardly a tidal wave of litigation. A conclusion in the Executive Summary is instructive. Addressing the claims made by CEQA opponents the authors write, “In many cases, critics had utilized inaccurate data or relied on incorrect assumptions. In others, they had simply overlooked CEQA’s dynamic nature — that the law has been amended to meet changing needs. Their criticisms never recognized the fact that, by 2020, the California Legislature had enacted numerous reforms to the law, streamlining environmental review and expediting CEQA litigation for many projects.”

That part caught my attention. The bills just passed by the governor exempt infill housing from CEQA. But every infill housing project in the city of Santa Cruz in the past five years has been CEQA exempt. That is standard practice. What is going on here? My hunch is that the “infill housing exemption” is a marketing tool or branding since it touches a sympathetic nerve, even though infill housing is already exempt. The other projects that are now CEQA exempt, such as advanced manufacturing may not be so popular, but they are in the same bill. The bills also vastly reduce what is required to be made available in the Administrative Record which an agency, such as the city, is required to present as part of a CEQA lawsuit.

The Administrative Record (AR) prior to now included all electronic internal agency communications and all documents related to a project. Now, the AR excludes electronic internal agency communications that were not presented to the final decision-making body, such as at the city council hearing on the project. The AR would still include communications reviewed by a lead or local agency executive or supervisory administrative official. This is phony assurance. Such “reviews” if they even exist, will quickly disappear.

I have first-hand experience with the AR for the CEQA lawsuit against the city of Santa Cruz Wharf Master Plan. To help keep legal costs down and because I like doing such research, I carefully read the thousand or so pages comprising the AR. There were some very informative emails and some very revealing. None of them would be available under this current legislation.

Most did not play a part in the lawsuit brief, but you had to read all of them to spot the one or two that did. Then there were the emails that revealed the frank views of those heading the project as in, “I’ve gone through the draft Wharf Master Plan and removed as many references to ‘municipal’ as possible.” Such information is now inaccessible.

The claim by Wiener that “anyone can get a lawyer and use CEQA to delay or kill a project for reasons having literally nothing to do with the environment” is not supported by the facts and was not my experience. First off, let’s start by exposing that which is hidden in discussions around CEQA. The first step in the process is that a city or other agency produces a faulty, or inadequate environmental document. That step is the crucial one. Nothing moves if a city or other agency produces a reasonable, adequate environmental document. To go forward with a chance of success a CEQA lawsuit must be strong, meaning the city’s environmental document must have significant, demonstrable inadequacies. The bar is set high, and the timeline is short; some of the changes the Housing Workshop authors referenced.

A CEQA lawsuit does not stop a project. If successful, a big IF, the city or agency is required to redo the parts of the environmental document that the court found unlawful. At worst the project is delayed, at best it is improved by having the agency reveal the environmental impacts that the court found were missing and try to mitigate them. They should have done that in the first place and saved the public the time and expense of holding them accountable. But this is not how the discussion around CEQA evolves. The starting place for anti CEQA voices is to label those bringing a lawsuit as “anti-housing” or “disgruntled homeowners.” Keep repeating that often enough and it appears in every op ed, podcast and interview.

Thanks to Newsom, Wiener, Wicks, and others, CEQA is gutted. Meanwhile the main drivers of the housing affordability crisis are well-shielded behind their portfolios. When housing prices do not drop and environmental effects of the worst projects impact those with the least resources, what else will the real estate industry and its politicians dream up to keep profits high and attention diverted?

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
GREENACTION HELPING MOSS LANDING BESS FIRE VICTIMS HOLD GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABLE

The folks who have been injured by the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire have been abandoned by the agencies, such as the EPA, that are supposed to be helping.  As the Never Again Moss Landing leaders have said…”We realize now that the Cavalry is not coming.” Luckily, however, social and environmental justice groups have stepped up.
One of them is GreenAction.  That group was able to convene a meeting with EPA leaders recently and force them to admit that initial claims of safety regarding the fire were incorrect, but had never been retracted or corrected, yet continue to be relied upon as an informational point.

Here is information about GreenAction:

Greenaction Joins Moss Landing, California Residents Suffering from Battery Fires in Holding Government Accountable – Greenaction for Health and Environmental Justice

In January and February of 2025 two major fires occurred at the Vistra Battery Storage Facility resulting in negative impacts on the health of the surrounding community and environment from the release of highly toxic chemicals into the land, air, and water. Never Again Moss Landing is a fast-response grassroots all-volunteer group of residents that advocates for their community’s voice and interests in response to these Battery Energy Storage System (B.E.S.S.) Fires. Greenaction reached out to the Department of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) on behalf of Never Again Moss Landing to demand accountability, better testing, transparency, and urgent action to protect the community and environment! We will help hold government agencies and corporate powers accountable,!
Greenaction Environmental Justice Organizer, Skylar Sacoolas, joined the panel discussion “Healing from an Ecodisaster” and shares how Greenaction holds corporate powers and government agencies accountable!

Check out the full panel discussion on YouTube: Power Plant Fire- Healing from an Eco-Disaster with Never Again Moss Landing, CA

Check Out Never Again Moss Landing’s Website for more information.

GREENACTION INTERVIEW THIS FRIDAY ON “COMMUNITY MATTERS”
Listen this Friday at 2pm Pacific Time to “Community Matters” when I will interview Ms. Skylar Sacoolas of GreenAction to discuss what is happening in Monterey and Santa Cruz Counties regarding the Vistra Fire as well as siting of other lithium battery facilities in a Watsonville neighborhood.

Listen from your computer or smart device.  The program will be recorded and posted by 5pm on the Santa Cruz Voice website.

RTC AWARDED $128,7 MILLION FOR SEGMENT 12 WORK BUT WHAT ABOUT PROPERTY OWNERS ADVERSELY AFFECTED?
The RTC now has funding for widening Highway One between State Park Drive and Freedom Blvd, and will include construction of the trail in the rail corridor concurrently.  This means the RTC will take alot of private land along the way, such as the front half of the Bayview Hotel and Caroline’s parking lots,  a significant amount of land adjacent to the tracks along Aptos Street BBQ area and the Aptos Creek crossings.  Some property owners received notice and a purchase offer, but not all.  Hmmm….

One of those left in the dark is Mr. Lee Steinberg, whose home sits adjacent to the tracks near Aptos Creek.  County and RTC staff met with him a year ago to discuss what the new trail viaduct planned to loom over his driveway would look like.  They promised renderings that have yet to materialize.  When asked about the solar impact study for the project, staff replied later that the County Ordinance regarding shading impacts of projects on neighboring properties “was repealed”.  Hmmm…

Meanwhile, the Campaign for Sustainable Transportation has sued the RTC relating to the highway widening piece of this huge project.
I encourage anyone interested in saving the heritage redwood trees that the RTC will cut to contact the Campaign for Sustainable Transportation and get involved to whatever degree you are able.

RTC Receives $128.7 Million from State for Multimodal Projects Connecting Watsonville and Santa Cruz – Mountain Bulletin

CHANTICLEER “WHALE CROSSING” TO OPEN JULY 30
Well, the long-awaited and over-budget pedestrian /bicycle bridge over Highway One (with the whale motif) is scheduled to open July 30.  Soquel Avenue Frontage Road is now paved next to the very wide sidewalk bordering the bridge end at Chanticleer Avenue, but no improvements of substance have been completed at the other side near Grey Bears facility for safe travel of future pedestrians and cyclists.

We will all be treated to a bird’s eye view of the noisy and chemical-intensive PureWater Soquel Treatment Plant adjacent to the bridge.  Soquel Creek Water District has provided NONE of the landscaping promised when the Project was approved.  Aesthetics?  Hmmm…..

NEW PARK OPENS IN WATSONVILLE FRIDAY
This Friday, the new large County Park  on Whiting Road will officially open to the public at 10am.  What once was agricultural land is now going to be used for recreational space, beginning with walking trails…maybe?
New park to open in South Santa Cruz County

Initially, the County bought this shiny new thing with letters of support from the Santa Cruz County Ag History Project leaders who hoped to create a working heritage farm there and invite school groups to tour.  The Superintendent of Pajaro Valley Unified School District at the time, Dr. Rodriguez, also provided a letter of support to the County for the purchase.  There was also discussion of ‘temporary’ athletic playing fields.  Hmmm…

There is a large agricultural well on the property, but it remains to be seen how the County will develop this new park…removing agricultural land use?
Maybe the County Agricultural Policy Advisory Commission (APAC) should weigh in on this, that is if they ever are allowed to meet again.  All of their meetings this year have been canceled by Planning Staff Sheila McDaniels.

Write Supervisor Hernandez and ask him about the issue of removing ag land from that use, in violation of the County’s Measure J statute. Felipe Hernandez <felipe.hernandez@santacruzcountyca.gov> He is the current Chair of the Board of Supervisors.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS. MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Swanton Pacific Ranch at a Critical Juncture

The Swanton Pacific Ranch burned in the 2020 CZU Fire and is at a critical juncture: will it become a high use University campus or will it continue its famed reputation of serving as a lower key training center for California’s future land managers? Many people do not know about this important institution or the Scott Creek and Swanton areas where it is located, but these places have been incredibly important to the Monterey Bay area for a very long time.

A Very Special Place

The Swanton Pacific Ranch (SPR) is 3,200 acres of super biologically diverse, privately owned ‘working’ land a little north of Davenport and is affiliated with the California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo. The property occupies a significant portion of the Scott Creek basin, which has the most plant species per acre of anywhere in North America. Scott Creek also hosts the southernmost population of the highly endangered central coast races of coho salmon and steelhead. The Swanton area is home to some pretty special other wildlife species, as well, including the endangered California red-legged frog and the rare central coast mountain lion, California giant salamander, and western pond turtle. Large areas of Swanton Pacific Ranch and the watershed in general host endangered coastal prairie and maritime chaparral plant communities. There are even relict old growth redwoods!

Swanton Pacific Ranch: Privately Owned for a Reason

Those who think they know about Swanton Pacific Ranch are often surprised about its ownership. SPR is not owned by Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, it is owned by a private corporation called the Cal Poly Partners. Cal Poly Partners is ‘a strategic partner dedicated to advancing Cal Poly.’ Its mission includes the statement

‘Through our flexible business model and willingness to take on challenges, we push boundaries to provide university resources and services.’

When Cal Poly wants to build on campus without adhering to state guidelines for prevailing wage or unions, Cal Poly Partners “gets ‘er done.” When Cal Poly wants to bypass hiring union workers for its cafeterias or janitorial services, Cal Poly Partners steps in to hire those workers. (Despite these ‘cost savings’ Cal Poly San Luis Obispo has comparatively expensive tuition, charging more fees than other State Universities.) Likewise, Cal Poly Partners may have been ‘useful’ for bypassing State rules for student accommodation at SPR in terms of housing standards, accessibility, etc. And, because SPR’s employees are Cal Poly Partners employees, there is no accountability to the University for the management or oversight of Swanton Pacific Ranch.

Historical Background

How did Swanton Pacific Ranch end up in this situation? The SPR was assembled from various parcels by Al Smith, as he took over ownership and management of Orchard Supply Hardware from his father, who founded it. Al went to Cal Poly SLO and then was a teacher in Los Gatos, bringing students to SPR to teach them how to manage ‘working land’ – land that produced crops, timber, and livestock. He believed in Cal Poly SLO’s once stronger but oft cited motto “Learn by Doing,” so he bequeathed the property to the Cal Poly Partners with a sizeable endowment. According to Al’s wishes, the property must have a certain (undefined) level of natural resource conservation and have some level of management input (undefined) by Cal Poly’s College of Agriculture, Food, and Environmental Sciences. As to the intended use, they say ‘Al would have loved to have seen….‘ things like students learning how to manage natural resources and steward the land. The endowment, which has grown immensely, presumably is supposed to support the SPR. Once part of Swanton Pacific Ranch, the 617-acre ‘Valencia Property’ was sold in 2019. Shortly afterwards, Al Smith’s name appeared on a big plaque on the side of the newly built Frost Building at Cal Poly. What would Al have thought of that use of his generosity? Are his heirs watching? Are other potential donors aware about how previous donors’ wishes have been respected?

2020 Wildfire Destroys Swanton Pacific Ranch

In 2020, most of the buildings at Swanton Pacific Ranch burned to the ground as the CZU Lightning Complex Fire raged through the area. Five staff people lost their homes and most of their belongings. Teaching facilities, labs, community gathering spaces, and meeting halls burned up. The school’s teaching, research, and demonstration forest, where so many foresters learned how to maintain sustainable timber stands, was charred. Most of the staff left, retiring or moving on. Remaining staff quickly created pop-up, temporary housing for student and faculty visitors and began exploring how insurance and FEMA might combine to create new facilities at SPR.

A Dark Future?

Swanton Pacific Ranch is 1/3 larger than UCSC, and some might think it a good place to build a new campus, complete with subdivisions to house faculty and staff. Perhaps there are ideas circulating of selling various of the SPR parcels once they obtain development permits. Working their “flexible business model,” maybe the Cal Poly Partners will explore usurping local planning oversight by declaring the rebuild of Swanton Pacific Ranch a State University project, leaving only the increasingly weak Coastal Commission to help protect the environment. How soon, then, would hundreds of students be living on Swanton Road? As they rush between classrooms, these elite students might enjoy the views of the North Coast from behind guarded gatehouses. Development of this new campus will fundamentally change the community and destroy much of the biological diversity that has been so well stewarded and studied, for so long.

A Brighter Future?

On the other hand, perhaps the future Swanton Pacific Ranch will build on its legacy to become a globally recognized ‘Learn by Doing’ sustainable land management trade school. Already, graduates of SPR are leaders, fostering stewardship of millions of acres across California. Imagine those leaders working with faculty and staff to train the next generations how to see the land, how to chart its course through management planning, what to monitor, how to respond to climate change, and how to work collaboratively with the increasingly diverse groups that make up our State. Such collaborative natural resource management partnerships were once the hallmark of SPR. This model has great potential to bridge Bay Area brilliance and resources with the agricultural and natural resource management emphasis that have long been Cal Poly San Luis Obispo’s strengths.

Forks, Roads

The choice between the darker or the brighter future hangs in balance. These things are being discussed not with the community, not with alumni, and not with thought leaders in the various fields that would benefit from Cal Poly graduates of SPR. For those of you who gave input at public meetings or in online surveys, I’m sure you are wondering what happened to your input, as am I.

For those of us who care about the magnificent North Coast and the Scott Creek watershed, we await an opportunity for public comment, which will probably come as Cal Poly’s consultants manage the legal processes of such developments. Meanwhile, I encourage you to learn more about how special that area is by reading Jim West’s Traversing Swanton Road essay. Jim spent most of his life studying that area and his knowledge has inspired many.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

#188 / Home On The Range

I have to give credit to Guy R. McPherson. He has provided me with a real change of pace from the kind of advice and observation I was getting when I was growing up.

You probably have to be of a “certain age” to remember this, but a popular song when I was growing up was titled, “Home On The Range.” That song was, in fact, one of my father’s favorite songs. It featured the following, rather optimistic, first verse:

Oh, give me a home, where the buffalo roam
Where the deer and the antelope play
Where seldom is heard, a discouraging word
And the skies are not cloudy all day

Look at that picture, above, provided by Mr. McPherson. He is “updating” that song. Can’t you just see those deer and antelope bounding around on those great plains? Can’t you just marvel at those massive and magnificent herds of buffalo, grazing peacefully in that landscape above?

The illustration at the top comes from a December 6, 2024, posting by Mr. McPherson in his “Nature Bats Last” Substack blog (you can also access it in the form of a video). Here is the “discouraging word” that Mr. McPherson provides readers, to accompany the picture he has provided:

The current Mass Extinction Event is the most severe in planetary history. It will almost certainly cause the extinction of all life on Earth. Its cause is well-known: the collective actions of too many humans for too long a time, primarily through burning fossil fuels (emphasis added).

Allow me to provide you with my personal reaction to the McPherson view of the world in which we are living today. First, I am very much convinced of the reality of “Global Warming.” Second (as my father taught me), I will never stipulate to “inevitability.”

McPherson is absolutely correct that our “world,” our “civilization,” the physical, economic, social, and political arrangements now prevailing, are ultimately dependent on the “World of Nature.” I’ll agree with McPherson that “Nature Bats Last.” In fact, though, my thought is that by trying to prove that “WE Bat Last,” we are taking the exactly wrong approach to our current situation.

Maybe we’re “doomed,” which I think must be Mr. McPherson’s favorite word. We certainly are if we don’t pay attention to the signals that “Nature” is sending us.

However, we could pay attention to those signals, and we could then “change our way of thinking,” as Mr. Dylan advises. If we were to do that, we might end up surviving, but changing our “way of thinking” is just step one. After that, we need to change what we are “doing,” too, based on what our thoughts are then telling us!

If we could pull that off (and I haven’t given up), the deer, and the antelope, and the buffalo might still be with us. The world wouldn’t be on fire, and there would still be some clear-sky days.

So, how about we give it a try? Let’s pay attention to the portents, provided by Mr. McPherson, and to the possibilities, with the advice provided by Mr. Dylan:

Gonna change my way of thinking
Make myself a different set of rules
Gonna change my way of thinking
Make myself a different set of rules
Gonna put my good foot forward
And stop being influenced by fools

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
ENEMY WITHIN, GETTING STARTED, SYCOPHANCY, PSYCO-FANCY

Its title had been staring out from the bedside table for some time, a bookmark jutting out from pages closed years ago — ‘How to Overthrow the Government’ by Arianna Huffington, released in 2000, in retrospect a much simpler time. Pre-9/11, pre-Iraq War, pre-COVID19, pre-internet as we know it today — ancient history almost. Despite its sinister-sounding title, the book is hardly a ‘Mein Kampf,’ or even a ‘Project 2025’ manifesto. All those years ago, Huffington wrote, “Entering the political field has become less appealing than visiting a proctologist with a hangnail,” and citing Sean Connery’s character’s line from the movie ‘The Untouchables’“The other guy pulls a knife, you pull a gun…he sends one of yours to the hospital, you send two of his to the morgue. That’s how you win an election. That’s the American Way!” She termed it the “survival of the unfittest,” as we are subjected to political ads that “are styled as Early Sledgehammer,” which is clearly where we are today, only much more so with the advent of the internet with innumerable podcasts, social media, texts and emails…all of which the GOP/MAGA forces used to their distinct advantage over the Democrats in the last presidential election. In that period when Huffington wrote her book, ‘Campaigns and Elections’ magazine said that 81% of political candidates surveyed believed that press scrutiny keeps qualified people from running for office. Huffington said, “By spotlighting our political leaders’ private weaknesses, we’re in danger of limiting our pool of potential leaders to a group of men and women with no private weaknesses — or, indeed private thoughts or ideas. We’ll eliminate any number of potential Jeffersons or Lincolns and what we’ll get instead will be a parade of smiling, handshaking automatons, programmed with the requisite poll-tested policies and focus group-approved sound bites…personally, I’m willing to countenance a little infidelity in order to expand the field.” And a veritable cornucopia in her wished-for expansion is exactly what we’ve experienced over the past several years!

Huffington laments, “Just as our two-party system is showing unmistakable signs of exhaustion, and the public’s suppressed discontent is ready to be tapped, a disaster in reform’s clothing stands poised to take advantage. Like the townsfolk in an old Western, the millions who feel shut out of our ‘unprecedented prosperity’ may thrill at the sight of a masked man riding to our rescue — until it turns out he isn’t the Lone Ranger, but a racist gunslinger bent on turning them against one another.” Yikes! The racist gunslinger we ended up with is doing his utmost to divide us along racial lines, but also politically as seen by his diatribe in Iowa against Democrats who voted against his ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ and who don’t really count, being the minority in the chamber — in his estimation. He claims they didn’t support his bill because they hate him, but he hates them right back “because they hate our country!” We must remember  that candidate Trump described Americans he disagreed with as “evil…the enemy within.” His Independence Day comments are worth noting because past elected leaders have never voiced public “hatred” for those who dare disagree with them. Steve Benen of MSNBC writes, “There’s another angle to this that arguably matters more. Different political scientists define the nuances of authoritarianism in different ways, but I think most would agree that a hallmark of any despotic regime is the delegitimization of political opposition. It’s against this backdrop that the incumbent president, using language foreign to American ears, wants the public to believe that his partisan opponents literally don’t count, are inherently unpatriotic, and are worthy of hatred.” Trump may view himself as the Lone Ranger riding to the rescue, but he is unmasked, telling us exactly who he is and how he wants to remake the US into the dream of every tinhorn dictator who ever lived. The masking duties he has left to his Homeland Security Barbie to see that her ICE secret police are outfitted properly to not only hide their faces, but to instill fear in those who are victimized by the un-American raids and kidnappings — los desaparecidos.

President Trump is thrilled at the new facility in Florida being built with $450 million in FEMA funds to imprison more than 3000 immigrants, in reality a concentration camp meant to frighten fearful immigrants into self-deporting to their countries of origin. Ahead of a visit to the detention camp by Trump and Kristi Noem, the Florida Republican Party gave the place the nickname of ‘Alligator Alcatraz’ and began merchandising t-shirts and other items to capitalize on the Everglades location among the “gators and pythons” (“The moral bankruptcy knows no bounds,” – Emily Singer’s Daily Kos post) which supposedly will thwart any attempted escape by prisoners. The name was soon corrupted to ‘Alligator Auschwitz’ by those who see it bearing a resemblance to the Nazi detention centers of WWIIWhite House press secretary Karoline Leavitt touted the facility as, “An efficient and low-cost way to help carry out the largest mass deportation campaign in American history. The only way out is a one-way flight. It is isolated and surrounded by dangerous wildlife.” Trump is known to love inhumane prisons and has a fantasy about using wildlife to dissuade immigrants from entering this country, and as he showed his excitement during a Fox News interview, he said of the possibility that immigrants might be eaten by alligators, “I guess that’s the concept. This is not a nice business. I guess that’s the concept.” Many experts are at odds with Leavitt’s summation of the camp being cost effective. “As someone who has studied the costs of detention centers, I can tell you for a fact that this facility will run at a cost substantially higher than average,” Aaron Reichlin-Melnick posted on X. The senior fellow at the American Immigration Council wrote, “Detention tent camps are always more expensive to operate than brick and mortar facilities with permanent infrastructure.” Trump’s deportation agenda is unpopular with voters, who view him as being too harsh, but ‘Alligator Alcatraz’ fills the bill for the president and his MAGA gang as they seek to be even more cruel to immigrants with their torture tactics.

Inaccurately, concentration camps are compared to prisons but in the US, inmates arrive in penitentiaries after being convicted of serious crimes, under processes determined by the US Constitution. Cases begin with probable cause, not skin tone, followed by an arrest during which one has a right to remain silent. Actual voluntary pleading…no coercion…leads to a formal trial with defendant choosing a bench trial or a jury trial, based only on admissible evidence, all stages under Constitutional constraints. If a court falters, appellate courts stand to intervene. Prior to Donald Trump, wrongful, sloppy, or vengeance-driven criminal convictions of the innocent were the product of flawed men, not a flawed system. Establishment of concentration camps is a reflection of an illegal system — detainment is independent of judicial review — no conviction of any crime, simply pointing to incarceration for political reasons. A human roundup based on maniacal whims doesn’t represent the rule of law, only an autocrat’s lust for power. Father Federico Capdepón, a retired priest from the Miami Archdiocese who has been watching this development, describes both the camp and the inhumanity it reflects as, quite simply, “Sinful.” But hey, Father, what do you say of the six Roman Catholic Supreme Court Justices who paved the way for the Trumpian cruelty with their complicity? Those six justices are aware of the statistics that show immigrants account for low crime rates, comprising 14% of the non-US citizen population with data showing only 3% being jailed. The six are also aware of the sinister methods Trump has devised to dismantle the US Constitution; yet, on June 27, the court outlawed nationwide injunctive relief, removing people’s protection from the president’s lawlessness. So whaddya know…hard to believe that three days later, Trump visited the completed ‘Alligator Alcatraz,’ with more on the way?

Andrea Pitzer, author of ‘One Long Night: A Global History of Concentration Camps,’ writes, “the words ‘concentration camp’ evokes another country, another time, describing a facility operating in the dark of night, away from the prying eyes of an outraged public,” but we now have a camp in Florida’s Everglades that’s hardly a secret. We’ve all seen the video of TrumpNoem, and Ron DeSantis laughing in front of the cages which will hold human beings; and, Pitzer relates that she visited four continents in writing her history — and this one fits the purpose of the classic model for holding masses of civilian detainees. Detainees consisting of vulnerable groups for political gain based on ethnicity, race, religion or political affiliation rather than for crimes committed, all without trials as it points to serious dangers ahead for the country. Projected capacity of 5,000 beds is several times the average detention center occupancy, though billed as a ‘temporary’ camp theorized as a seamless processing center with rapid-fire judicial hearings conducted by National Guardsmen performing as immigration judges — an unlikely fluid process. Some defenders of Trump’s policy claim that arbitrary detention or abuse of foreigners doesn’t resemble Hitler’s treatment of citizens, but the Fuehrer’s goal of stripping Jews of legal protections and having no more rights than aliens, and therefore eligible for his encampments, echo an uneasy refrain from our current administration. The Nazis imagined their targets would self-deport with the tighter restrictions, but when that myth dissolved, their uglier and more punitive measures were initiated. And Kristi Noem said it out loud, if immigrants aren’t frightened enough to self-deport, “You may end up here.”

So, what can we expect? Already, aggressive moves against those residing legally in the US are seen, with legal status of half a million Haitians in the crosshairs. The Department of Justice is fast-tracking cases involving possible revocation of citizenship, working to undo birthright citizenship, and earmarking the citizenship of political enemies. MAGA wants to define who can be an American in ways that appear profoundly racist, with immigrants the most politically advantageous large population to target. US history has precedents and parallels for such abuse of populations not viewed as citizens, as we examine centuries of Native American removal and genocide, or courts wielding the weight of law or executive authority to prop up slavery, allowing cross-border trafficking and detention of humans who are denied lawful rights. The confiscation of property and removal of Japanese Americans to concentration facilities at the outbreak of WWII is just one of the most egregious of such actions, with Trump himself praising the ‘Operation Wetback’ deportations of the Eisenhower years, which included camps noted for their abuse and lethality. As the administration looks toward expanding its concentration camp legacy, we are seeing police-state tactics on our streets, as masked agents who refuse to show their IDs, travel in unmarked cars to sweep people from churches, their homes, their work places, from schools, and Home Depot parking lots — some reemerging after their ordeal, others simply ‘disappeared.’

MSNBC reports that the American Immigration Council believes the budget reconciliation bill is likely to make Immigration and Customs Enforcement “the largest investment in detention and deportation in US history,” an expansion which makes ICE the center of gravity for state overreach. And, Trump seems to lean in that direction as he espouses a multi-state network of sites like ‘Alligator Auschwitz,’ having already sent detainees to El SalvadorPanamaRwanda, and Libya, with deals in-the-making with other countries — the imposition of a global concentration camp network. Members of the Seminole Tribe of Florida have opposed and are protesting the Everglades camp as a threat to their sacred lands, but five Democratic state lawmakers were turned away recently as they tried to inspect the facility. The MSNBC report neatly sums up an untidy situation: “The history of this kind of detention camp underlines that it would be a mistake to think the current cruelties are the endpoint. America is likely just getting started.”

That starting point is seen by Hayes BrownMSNBC writer and editor, as the $150 billion cash infusion toward immigration enforcement which Republicans handed Trump in last week’s ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ which he needs to carry out his mass deportation policy. Brown writes, “The intended result is as aggressive as it is likely transformative: Immigration and Customs Enforcement is slated to become the largest law enforcement agency in the country as dozens of new detention centers spring up to hold hundreds of thousands of immigrants awaiting expulsion.” Despite all the arrests from the sweeps, White House deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller is still unsatisfied, insisting that he needs more resources to meet his goal of 3,000 arrests per day. To put this into perspective, the budget reconciliation bill funds $45 billion EACH toward the southern border wall, and expansion of immigration detention capacity — thirteen times the current annual ICE budget for detention, and five times more than the entire annual budget of the Federal Bureau of Prisons. The American Immigration Council estimates the money allocation would be enough for ICE to maintain 116,000 beds annually, compared to current support for 41,000 detainees — if one is lucky enough to get a bed. As of June 15, reported inhumane conditions at detention centers now holding around 56,000 immigrants, show the need for rapid escalation in building more facilities — monies which will be spent as quickly as possible with little oversight. Already, ICE has asked contractors for “proposals to provide new detention facilities, transportation, security guards, medical support and other administrative services over the next two years.” Full well we know, that much of that money will go to private companies which have been major political backers of Trump and the MAGA/GOP.

Travis Gettys writes on Raw Story that even though Stephen Miller has become a powerful, and empowered, adviser in Trump’s second term, his ambitions to become national security adviser may be jeopardizing his place in his current lofty position. He has remained in Trump’s inner circle by casting aside former allies like Steve Bannon and Jeff Sessions as they have fallen into the president’s disfavor, while striking up new alliances, as he attempts turning the president against others in his orbit, according to The New York Times’ Jason Zengerle“At the same time, Mr. Miller is a world-class brown-noser. In an administration that puts a premium on sycophancy, he stands out for just how much he sucks up to his boss,” reports Zengerle. “And yet, Mr. Miller’s power could ultimately unravel because of something far more profound than office politics. Translating Trumpism into a coherent ideological doctrine can be a vexing proposition, as MAGA’s isolationist wing recently experienced with the US airstrikes on Iran,” writes Zengerle. Miller has translated Trumpism into public policy as well as anyone by showing a willingness to embrace the president’s contradictions and reversals, yet he isn’t viewed as indispensable because no one his circle ever was, but Trump can’t imagine Miller not working for him at present. Zengerle concludes, “For the moment, though, it seems Mr. Miller and Mr. Trump are aligned — and that means Mr. Miller has achieved a level of success, and satisfaction, that he never dreamed of during Mr. Trump’s first term.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Letting go

“Everything I read about hitting a midlife crisis was true. I had such a struggle letting go of youthful things and learning how to exist and have enthusiasm while settling into the comfort of an older age.”
~David Bowie

“There’s a victory in letting go of your expectations.”
~Mike White

“Some of us think holding on makes us strong; but sometimes it is letting go.”
~Hermann Hesse

“People have a hard time letting go of their suffering. Out of a fear of the unknown, they prefer suffering that is familiar.”
~Thich Nhat Hanh

“Abundance is a process of letting go; that which is empty can receive.”
~Bryant H. McGill

...

As a dinosaur on the internet, I find this VERY interesting! 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

June 25 – July 8, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the latest and worst state housing bill… Steinbruner… Measure Q… Grand Jury… Aptos Village … Hayes… Organizers and Goals… Patton… A Turn For The Better / Horror Story Book Club… Matlock… …eating hate…peewee persona…chaos fascism……two weeks…nobody knows…next to nothing…I don’t care… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover… Webmistress serves you… gorgeous explosions …Quotes on… “Fireworks”

...

AT THE FOOT OF OUR 100 YEAR OLD WHARF. The Sea Beach Hotel seen behind the Saloon in the front, opened in 1888 and burned up (or down) in 1912. This wharf, one of our three, was called “the railroad wharf” for obvious reasons.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


Dateline: July 4, 2025
IT’S THAT TIME OF YEAR AGAIN! The 4th of July is upon us! When you read this, I will either be on a barge in the San Francisco Bay (see photo), loading and wiring fireworks for the City’s display, or recovering from the two days of solid work that this venture takes.

I don’t think most people have a concept of exactly how much planning, skill, and labor it takes to put on a large fireworks show. Looking at it from the outside, so to speak, it doesn’t make any sense why we do it. Ask anyone on a crew though, and we wouldn’t give it up for the world! “It’s called fireWORKS, not fireFUN!”, is a common tongue-in-cheek response to anyone complaining at strike time, which is when everything we’ve spent two whole days setting up needs to be taken back down in as little time as possible. Hours after the show. In the dark. Late into the night. I marvel every time at how we manage. Also, I woudn’t change a thing 🙂

I hope you get to see some fantastic fireworks this year! Happy 4th!

Next week I’m hoping to be back on a normal-ish schedule, whatever that actually means…

~Webmistress

...

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

June 30, 2025

The Worst is Yet to Come

This is the developer’s rendition viewed from Branciforte Creek of the city council approved project at 530+ Ocean St. The eighty-foot-high structure will be six stories, providing 225 rental residential units plus commercial. It went to council on June 24, on appeal from its approval by the Planning Commission.

The story is now a familiar one: taking advantage of numerous state housing laws that overrule local height and density limits, that provide no more “affordable” units than already required by local law, developers line up like boxcars for their turn before the local hearing bodies. Neighbors turn out and plead for some relief from the project’s mass and height. Yimby’s and UCSC Student Housing Coalition turn out and urge project adoption. The Carpenters’ Union turns out and urges council to support local union labor or, in this case, cites problems with the developer’s low-road contractors. Planning director confirms the appellant’s case is not valid; words are expressed on how state laws have taken away local control leaving the council with no choice but to approve each project, the project is approved, and the meeting is over.

Is this really the best the city can do to respond to the local land use take-over by the state? In a charter city that has met and exceeded its state-required housing numbers in all categories? The evidence suggests an emphatic no. A review of the following Senate bill is instructive.

Senate Bill 79 is perhaps the most impactful state housing bill this year. It is being heard as I write. Either July 9 or 16 will be its last hearing in Sacramento at the Local Government Committee. Sponsored by Senator Scott Wiener, supported by John Laird, and labelled as Transit-oriented Housing Development, it will require approval of dense housing developments up to and exceeding 75 feet tall within a quarter mile radius of a bus stop or train station. The bill does not allow a city to object to heights up to 75 feet. The density is 120 housing units per acre. This brings dense high rises right into our neighborhoods. Up to a half mile radius from a bus stop or train station is part of the bill and allows only slightly lower heights and densities at this distance. Add a density bonus to the mix and you may see 140 feet high buildings in your neighborhood. Radius includes a far larger area than linear distance. This video gives a good visual of the likely impact.

As for the rail/trail, Senate Bill 79 if passed, guarantees a significant development impact for a functioning rail line between Davenport and Watsonville, should it ever be built. At every train stop, massive new development could be generated with no possible local opposition.

I read the list of current supporters of this Senate Bill as well as its opponents. Besides Senator John Laird, other supporters include various city’s YIMBYs and individual city council members, but no city councils. Alexander Pederson, who recently resigned from Capitola City Council was one name I recognized as an individual supporter.

Opponents of Senate Bill 79 include one hundred and four cities, including the city of Scotts Valley. The city of Santa Cruz is conspicuously absent. Other opponents include the League of CA Cities and the League of CA Counties, Public Interest Law Project, State Building and Construction Trades Council and Western Center on Law & Poverty.

Given the local, vehement community reaction against the impacts of high rise, dense development projects on long-established small-scale neighborhoods, the Santa Cruz City Council can do a lot more than handwringing and exhorting us as individuals to contact our state representatives. They can join the one hundred and four cities opposing Senate Bill 79. They can start representing our interests at the state level as many other cities are doing. That is, unless their interest and allegiance lie elsewhere.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
RTC SCHEDULES SMALL MEETINGS ABOUT THE PASSENGER RAIL PROJECT

The Santa Cruz County RTC has begun scheduling small meetings by appointment to discuss the proposed passenger train and trail project on 22 miles of the 32-mile-long Santa Cruz Branch Rail corridor between Watsonville and Santa Cruz.  You can sign up for either in-person 30-minute meetings shared with up to seven other people during the morning at the RTC Office in Santa Cruz, or virtual at another time in the afternoon. RTC Offering Summer Engagement Opportunities for the Zero Emission Passenger Rail and Trail Project! – SCCRTC

While some may argue that these private meetings may help people averse to crowds to participate, I think open public meetings are always best because everyone hears the questions posed, and everyone hears the answers provided. 

The RTC did hold one town hall meeting June 9.  You can view it here: ZEPRT M3 Informational Community Session #6

Public Comment on this phase of the Project will end August 15.

RTC Sharing Draft Project Concept for the Zero Emission Passenger Rail and Trail Project! – SCCRTC

POOR TURNOUT FOR MEASURE Q PUBLIC INPUT WORKSHOP
Last week, I attended the Measure Q Public Workshop held at the Live Oak Library Annex, aka Community Meeting Room.  There were more staff there than members of the public.

Measure Q

Hosted by Mr. David Reid, Director of the County’s Office of Response, Recovery and Resilience (OR3), with staff from Parks Dept, and the County Office of Administration, there was a brief introduction to review Measure Q and what is happening now with the Advisory Committee and consultant working out the parameters for types of projects that the anticipated annual $7.3 MILLION will fund.  This group wants the public’s input on priorities.   Applications could be rolling in soon and those that are “shovel-ready” could be funded as early as this fall.

Each of the five members of the public were given an envelope with stickers and pushpins and instructed to visit the 8-10 project area displays and vote for three items on each board, indicating out preferences.    The maps were not well-labelled with street names to help with orientation regarding parks.  I had questions about what “Access” to parks means; what would be a likely project on “working lands” and what does that mean, anyway?  One participant asked if there would be money dedicated to projects around the lagoons, stating that she had been led to believe there would be last fall when she voted.  Mr. Reid said “NO”, but that she could put a pin on the area she is concerned about.  

I wondered why one photo of deer standing in a creek was labeled as “wildlife on Highway 101”?  I asked if the Measure Q money could be spent in Santa Clara County, too?  Nope…that was a typo.  I mentioned that I had attempted to take the online survey for the Measure Q project priorities and saw that large areas of the unincorporated County was not listed as choices for priority, and that there was no “Wildfire” choice provided.  Staff informed me “Oh, we fixed that.”   Hmmmm…  Did they disregard all survey results made before changing the survey???   Hmmmm……. 

The Survey closes July 3 and is the only way now for you to weigh in with your thoughts, other than directly contacting Mr. Reid <david.reid@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Measure Q, Get Involved

NEW MANAGER FOR SANTA CRUZ COUNTY FAIRGROUNDS

Tuesday, in closed session the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds Board interviewed someone named Dori Rose Inda, then hired her as a permanent full-time CEO, Secretary Manager III, with a salary “not to exceed $8,630/month” and a tentative start date of 8/1/25.  The vote was 5 yes, 1 no.

It looks like this is her:Dori Rose Inda – The James Irvine Foundation Leadership Awards

She’s a lawyer, and seems to have largely focused on farm workers.  She most recently was CEO of Salud Para La Gente, which provides health care to a primarily low-income community.

Stay tuned for how this works out.

NEWEST FAIRGROUNDS DIRECTOR UNCOVERS SUSPICIOUS FINANCIAL ISSUES
We are exceedingly lucky to have Ms. Jody Kolbach now serving on the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds Board of Directors.  Thanks to her diligence and inquisitive persistence, it became public that she uncovered over $334,000 that the former CEO Zeke Fraser had “loaned” to the Junior Livestock Auction Committee last September, but that was never repaid.  Ostensibly, the “loan” was meant to enable the kids to get paid for their animals auctioned off on the last day of the Fair, and that the Junior Livestock Auction Committee would repay the Fairground when buyers paid for the animals.  

The problem is that the CEO never divulged this agreement to the Board for approval, and the Livestock Auction Committee never repaid the money.  Some wonder if this has been happening on an annual basis…and where the money has gone? 

Director Kolbach recommended this money be reimbursed in full to the Fairgrounds and be invested in a high-interest-earning account.  The Board approved this.

Director Kolbach also insisted that the Interim Fair CEO Ken Alstott, a retired annuitant who manages the Fairgrounds remotely from his home in Tennessee, compel the office staff to collect over $30,000 in “aged accounts”, some of which are from vendors still doing business with the Fairgrounds.  It is good news that office staff have been able to collect about $15,000 to date.  

Director Kolbach also recommended the Board write off an $8,000 loss from 2019 when a person submitted false documents to buy a large livestock animal during the Junior Livestock Auction at close of the Fair.  The payment and paperwork were all fraudulent, so no money was actually collected.  Apparently, this individual did this same thing at multiple fairs in the area, with no repercussion.   The Board agreed to write off the $8,000.

Thank goodness for Director Kolbach, who has been leading the Financial Standing Committee with regular meetings since her appointment to the Board a few months ago.  The public has been asking for these Financial Committee meetings for years, and the Board was tone-deaf and dismissive.  Take a look at who these folks are and ask why they have been so complacent, to the detriment of the Fairgrounds and the public they are supposed to serve? About the Board

SWENSON COMPLETES PAVING ON APTOS CREEK ROAD BUT MAY NOT FULFILL ALL CONDITIONS OF THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT?
For most of this month, anyone needing to access Aptos Creek Road to Nisene Marks State Park or their homes along the way were met with one-lane closure and an automated portable traffic light. 

The paving work was completed by Swenson last week, but roadside parking remains prohibited, and likely will not return.  According to County staff, Swenson did pay for this paving (it had been the cause of earlier Performance Agreement negotiations between the County and Swenson regarding the Aptos Village Project, and lead to “written agreements and unwritten agreements” as the then-Public Works Traffic Engineer stated.  

County staff has also indicated that on-street parking along Aptos Creek Road will not return, in order to make room for dedicated bicycle lanes.

This is interesting because the County allowed Swenson to count those parking spaces in the total parking number to meet requirements for the permitting.  Hmmmm…..

Here is what it looks like now….

Also of interest is the new sign Swenson installed for the Nisene Marks State Park entrance:

However, State Parks staff did not seem to remember about the informational kiosk that Swenson is also supposed to provide as a Condition of Permit Approval for the Aptos Village Project.   Below is my question to State Parks Superintendent Mr. Chris Spohrer.  The response provided plans for the sign, but no mention of the informational kiosk also required.

“The Aptos Village Project is nearing completion, so I wonder if Swenson has submitted the plan for the Nisene Marks Park informational kiosk required  under the Subdivision Permit Condition 3(F)(11)(e) on page 13 of the document?  
 

e. Details for the design and construction of entry improvements for Nisene Marks State Park. 
These improvements shall consist of signage at the intersection of Aptos Creek Road and Soquel Drive, an informational kiosk, pavement widening, and associated roadside improvements, as depicted on the approved Exhibit “A” for this permit. 
 
     i. Design details shall be reviewed and approved by California State Parks prior to submittal of the improvement plans. Modifications to the approved design for the Nisene Marks entry improvements to satisfy the requirements of California State Parks is authorized by this permit.
 

As you recall, a group of local residents met with you and then-Parks Maintenance Supervisor Joe Walters a few years ago to determine whether this kiosk could include radio telemetry to provide visitors entering the Park an idea of parking space availability.  At the time, Parks had no information about the design or location of the informational kiosk that Swenson would provide. “

To date, no staff from State Parks has responded to the question about the kiosk.  Will Swenson be held to comply???

Please write to Chris Spohrer <chris.spohrer@parks.ca.gov> and Jordan Burgess <jordan.burgess@parks.ca.gov> and ask.

What also remains to be seen is how, or if, Swenson will comply with the Permit Requirement to construct an active recreational area in the Project to mitigate the huge loss of the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps and pump track.  What will Swenson do with this hillside “park parcel” that garnered many financial favors (free drainage across Aptos Village Park to dump parking lot stormwater into Aptos Creek, and a complete waiver of developer park fees of $750/bedroom in the Project).

Recently, Parks Director Jeff Gaffney responded to my question about this….

“How is the Aptos Village Project Condition of Approval to provide active recreational space now going to be met?  Will Swenson Builder be required to provide active recreation in another area, perhaps developing land that the County already owns?

The only requirement is for the developer to offer the parcel to County but that does not require the Board of Supervisors to accept the parcel on behalf of the County. Furthermore, the developer’s offer satisfies the permit conditions and the County is not obligated to accept the OTD.  It would be nice to see the developer and/or HOA construct a nice recreational space for their residents on Parcel M and/or provide funds for additional improvements that could be done at Aptos Village County Park.”

Write Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa and her newly-appointed Parks Commissioner about this.  Don’t the kids in the area deserve to have an active recreation area provided, in compliance with the County’s Conditions of Permit Approval of the Aptos Village Project?   

Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>   and   Nick De Sieyes <nrdesieyes@gmail.com>

READ THE SANTA CRUZ COUNTY GRAND JURY REPORTS NOW BEING RELEASED
Please take time to read these reports now being issued by the Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury.  They represent a tremendous amount of work and care by this group with the effort to improve local government for the public.  I have had the honor of serving on the Grand Jury this year, and hope that you will take time to read the work the group has done.  
2025 Grand Jury Reports and Responses

Do you have a suggestion for next year’s Grand Jury to investigate?   Send it in here.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  READ THE GRAND JURY REPORTS AND CONTACT THE RESPONDING AGENCIES WITH YOUR THOUGHTS.  LIGHT A CANDLE FOR PEACE IN THE WORLD.

MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers, and Happy Summer,

Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Who do we Follow; What do we Want?

Whose rallying cry are we following to produce the positive outcomes we seek in our social contracts? Who do you follow as a leader? What are we seeking to do…in our neighborhoods, cities, counties, regions?

The Other Side – Nationally

Steve Bannon seems to be a very important figure in the USA. His strategies have been critical to the rise of the far right. As part of those strategies, his very public presence and rhetorical style seem to attract people and grow that movement. His thoughtful approach to attracting voting blocks of the populace that have felt otherwise disenfranchised by politics seems to have worked. The late Mike Rotkin taught many students that it would behoove them to track public media if they are to understand our society. As such, it is difficult to understand what is happening in the USA without checking in with Bannon’s War Room.

Who is the Steve Bannon for the whole US’s left wing? Is there anyone? Please let me know if you have any candidates. There certainly are a lot of bloggers, folks with podcasts and the like…but do any of them stand out or are any rising to the influence of a Steve Bannon?

The Other Side – Locally

Is there a parallel with Steve Bannon around the Monterey Bay? Many would agree that all politics is local and if we are to counter national strategies we must develop the capacity locally. The Bannon parallel is best seen relatively: with consideration of the overall political leanings of our area, which is much more left-leaning than the nation as a whole. With that in mind, is anyone countering left wing progressives with strategic political approaches pulling the population relatively more to the right? Elected officials might be culpable: who stands out to you in this role?

I nominate Fred Keeley, a brilliant strategist with wide-ranging connections. Would downtown Santa Cruz have ballooned into what we are seeing without Keeley? Would the region’s narrative welcoming huge numbers of tourists, devastating our natural areas and overwhelming our infrastructure, have been as strong without Keeley?

Local Organizers

Whose rallying cry are you following locally? Who do you follow as a leader? This periodical is a place for progressive ideas, but it seems we need community organizers and a structure that supports them. Looking at web searches for the Santa Cruz Action Network (SCAN) discovers a lot of obituaries of the founders. SCAN was a formidable organization, but there is no SCAN now.

Am I overlooking a local person or group that is effective at organizing for progressive principles? Again, please let me know.

Local Organizing Principles

I believe that there are enough popular organizing principles to bolster progressive politics locally:

  • Water – protected watersheds, well managed runoff, clean rivers/streams/ocean, resilient/available/affordable drinking water.
  • Parks – recreational open spaces meet locals needs, wildlife protected, clean water produced, fire safety assured, and impacts from visitors don’t overcome conservation priorities.
  • Economy – green union jobs prioritized, locally owned small businesses supported, the slow food movement strengthened, living wages assured
  • Housing – co-housing innovations, green building including passive solar design, second homes and short-term rental homes reduced to favor housing for locals, UCSC growth capped.

What Next?

We should identify the people who are pushing a unifying vision of progressive ideas, support them, and amplify their voices. Let’s make sure that those kinds of people succeed with whatever resources it takes. I’m hoping to hear those voices regularly, to hear and read their cogent organizing strategies, and to see the progressive citizens come together to improve things locally. This will be a big relief – focusing on what we want as the foundation for fighting against those would rob us of those things.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, June 30, 2025

I have a lot of friends who are members of various “Book Clubs.” You can click that link if you’d like to consider starting a Book Club, or becoming a member of a Book Club yourself. The link will take you to a website that wants to make it easy!

In my past blog postings, I have suggested, and more than once, that we all need to “find some friends.” Even more specifically, I have urged anyone reading my blog postings to “Join a club. Start a club. Start swinging that club!

Finding a way to use our political and personal power to help change the world (to make it better) actually requires us to get involved with one or more “small groups,” as we follow the advice of Margaret Mead. If we want to change the world, we absolutely need to be a part of one or more small groups of people who share our ambition, and who will work at it! “Never doubt,” says Mead, that such small groups are effective in making change happen. In fact, she says, they are the only thing that has ever has.

Back in April, as I read The New York Times, I began to wonder if a book club focused on “horror stories” might be appropriate, as a base from which effective political action might be initiated. I wasn’t thinking, so much, about the kind of “haunted house” horror story that the illustration, above, might suggest. Instead, I was thinking about the “real life” horror stories that reflect our actual history, and that reveal just how horribly we have acted, and what the consequences have been.

My reading back in April led me to a story in The New York Times Magazine that told readers about survivors of the Holocaust. Click the following link to read, “This Is the Holocaust Story I Said I Wouldn’t Write.”

You might also want to check out, “Swiss Bank Account,” a book review that tells readers about the rise and fall of Credit Suisse, and of all the people who lost, essentially, everything they owned.

How about slavery? How about the decimation of Native peoples? How about asbestos? How global warming? How about toxic chemicals and microplastics polluting our environment? How about about the Vietnam War? How about any of the wars in which we have been, and now are, engaged?

You get the idea! There are lots of “horror stories” out there!

If we want to take Margaret Mead’s advice, we need to form ourselves into small groups to learn what has happened in the past, and then think about what we could do in the future, and then actually start doing something about it!

That’s how “self-government” works, by the way. I am speaking from personal experience, but Margaret Mead is probably a more persuasive voice. Small groups make it happen. Basically, the kind of change we need is not going to happen without them!

Never Doubt That A Small Group Of Thoughtful Committed Citizens Can Change The World: Indeed It’s The Only Thing That Ever Has. 

Margaret Mead

Monday, June 23, 2025

For what it’s worth, I think it’s time to find a way to discuss politics in terms that do not assume that we can understand our politics as being a choice between two antagonistic and different “directions.” The “Right” or “Left” dichotomy that is popularly assumed to provide us some good information on our political options is profoundly unhelpful.

We have LOTS of choices about what we can and/or should do – and this is true with respect to ALL of the MANY different and difficult problems we confront. Similarly, we have LOTS of choices between ALL of the MANY different possibilities we might choose to realize. Presenting our political options as a choice between a supposed “Left” solution, and a supposed “Right” solution provides us no worthwhile guidance whatsoever.

If we don’t like “polarized politics” – and I think that most people don’t – then we should stop trying to think that “Left” and “Right” directional assignments are the right way to outline or understand our choices, or to outline and understand our differences.

When we analyze our options in terms of a binary “Left” or “Right” choice, we are telling ourselves that there are, really, only two possible options.

Does anyone really believe that? Well, if you, the reader, believe that, can I persuade you to “think again”?

My father told me, and my experience has confirmed, that ANYTHING is possible. The worst thing you can think of is possible, so let’s see how this example grabs you. How about a nuclear attack on some major city in the United States, coming very soon, in retaliation for the completely unauthorized attack that our current president ordered (and was carried out) against Iran? If that’s not the worst thing that we might read about in tomorrow’s newspaper, feel free to suggest another. It’s a pretty bad thing, that’s for sure, and it IS POSSIBLE. Lots of bad things are possible.

And what about something good? What about the next Congress deployhing a national budget (balanced, of course) that funds health care for all, and free education for all, Pre-K through college, and a new type of housing, built by the government, that provides ownership opportunities for EVERY family in the United States, with the housing sold at prices that allow every family, from whatever their income level, to find housing that they can afford? However, the housing I am talking about will be sold with this catch. That housing, when resold in the future, would have to be sold for the same price for which it was purchased, increased only by inflation, not speculation.

Everyone can come up with their own “best” possibility. That one I just outlined has a lot of atttaction for me. Of course, we could only do that if we treated the wealth of the United States (which is prodigious) as if that wealth were appropriately mobilized to be helpful to EVERYONE.

Let’s be honest, our current politics, which is fighting to elect candidates who are defined by their partisan polarity (“Left” or “Right”) is dysfunctional in the extreme. If we don’t quickly reestablish a politics focused on “problems” and “opportunities,” and “possibilities,” above all, instead of being focused on suppposed political polarities, “Right” and “Left,” we are all going down with the ship.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

This week:

ICE VICTIMS, COURTS, NO SECRET PLAN, JOBLESS

Several weeks ago following President Trump’s deportations of planeloads of ICE victims, Stephen Miller called on Congress to impose upon and abolish the Washington, DC federal court district after it blocked Trump’s actions of sending the “violent criminals” to El Salvador’s mega prison. Miller’s guest appearance on Fox News’ Life, Liberty and Levin, with host Mark Levin, Levin suggested the Republican Congress should scrap the DC court by eliminating the federal funding during the budget reconciliation process. Miller concurred with: “Congress has the authority to create the inferior courts. They have the authority to fund or not fund these courts. So yes, Congress has to step up here.” House Speaker Mike Johnson had previously threatened to eliminate entire district courts if judges issued rulings against the Trump administration, saying, “As you know, we can eliminate an entire district court. We have power over funding, over the courts, and all these other things. Desperate times call for desperate measures, and Congress is going to act.” Judges across the nation have issued temporary orders to block many of Trump’s 100+ executive orders, many of which are seen to exceed his presidential authority, and angering the GOP in the process. Trump’s justification to deport alleged members of the Venezuelan Tren de Aragua gang by using the Alien Enemies Act was temporarily blocked by Judge James Boasberg as he pointed out that our country is not at war. True to form, the administration ignored the ruling and sent more than 250 men to El Salvador without their required court hearings. A CBS ’60 Minutes’ investigation found at least one deportee had legal protective status, one had been granted refugee status, and several were all formally seeking asylum — and 75% did not have criminal records.

Stephen Miller is hoping that Republicans won’t need to fly in the face of court orders or eliminate any federal courts, as the administration sought relief from the Supreme Court to overturn any deportation bans, allowing it to send individuals to foreign prisons sans legal proceedings. “We would just implore the Supreme Court to do the right thing and protect our democracy. President Trump will not be bowed, will not be swayed, and will not be deterred,” he told Levin. Miller has taken much criticism for his past remarks — one notable one: “Children will be taught to love America. Children will be taught to be patriots. Children will be taught civic values for schools that want federal taxpayer funding. So as we close the Department of Education and provide funding to states, we’re going to make sure these funds are not being used to promote communist ideology.” Political analyst Jose Larky says, “Miller is afraid of a problem that doesn’t exist. America is the furthest thing from a communist society.” He cites the Gini Coefficient, the primary measure of wealth inequality within a population, which shows that the US has much more inequality than at least 22 other nations. Zaid Jilani writes, “Does Stephen Miller love America as it exists today? His goal seems to be to return it to 1925.”

Dr. David S Glosser writes in POLITICO Magazine, that Stephen Miller is an immigration hypocrite, and he should know since he is Miller’s uncle, being the brother of Miller’s mother. Glosser details the beginnings of the family’s migration account from Belarus at the turn of the 20th century, fleeing from anti-Jewish persecution, individuals arriving on these shores and sending for other family members as they were able to afford passage. Uncle David says he has “watched with dismay and increasing horror as my nephew, an educated man who is well aware of this heritage, has become the architect of immigration policies that repudiate the very foundation of our family’s life in this country. These facts are important not only for their grim historical irony but because vulnerable people are being hurt. They are real people, not the ghoulish caricatures portrayed by Trump. When confronted by the deaths and suffering of thousands, our senses are overwhelmed, and the victims become statistics rather than people. Immigration reform is a complex issue that will require compassion and wisdom to bring the nation to a just solution, but the politicians who have based their political and professional identity on ethnic demonization and exclusion cannot be trusted to do so. As free Americans, and descendants of immigrants and refugees, we have the obligation to exercise our conscience by voting for candidates who will stand up for our highest national values and not succumb to our lowest fears.”

“Miller is a man who is richly endowed with the capacity for hatred. He’s a world-class hater. You can see this just by looking at him, because you can see that his hatreds are his spiritual nourishment. He eats hate,” wrote Terry Moran, late of ABC News. Moran was dumped by ABC after tweeting those words, which prompted a pressure campaign by the White House despite Donald Trump’s campaign support for free speech. ABC was bullied by the president’s threatened media persecution encompassing frivolous lawsuits and threats of punitive regulation, so Moran’s contract was not renewed because the network felt their standards of objectivity and professionalism were violated. The administration was already steaming at Moran’s earlier exposé of Trump’s belief that the M-S-1-3 labels on a photo of Salvadoran migrant Kilmar Abrego Garcia’s fingers were actual tattoos, and not Photoshopped as was readily apparent. John Stoehr of The Editorial Board writes that Miller is, objectively, a hater. The mainstream media says so all the time. “Miller is extremely hostile to immigrants. He has always, as far back as high school, rejected the idea that immigration is a net positive for America, and he’s been very consistent in that,” says Jonathan Swan, a White House reporter for The New York Times“This is all I care about. I don’t have a family. I don’t have anything else. This is my life,” Miller said during Trump’s first term. Stoehr writes that Trump reportedly said that if Miller had his way, there’d only be 100 million Americans and they’d all look like Stephen. “It’s hard to think of a human being whose hateration is better documented than Miller’s. It’s a cornerstone of his public image. The MAGA loves his PeeWee German persona,” according to Stoehr. Stoehr maintains that the vast body of literature documenting Miller’s hatefulness being disallowed only reduces journalists to stenographers who merely transcribe what powerful people say; Moran’s only error was in taking down his tweet in the end.

Editor Michael Tomasky of The New Republic writes that “madness is everywhere” if the headlines of The New York Times or The Washington Post are read, and it barely scratches the surface. “Across human history, fascism has been imposed upon democracy mostly in one of two ways. First, by brute force — a military coup; second, a bit more stealthily, and legally — through legislation, executive decrees, and court decisions that hand more power to the leader. Donald Trump is inventing a new way. Call it chaos fascism. Destroy the institutions of democracy until they’re so disfigured or dysfunctional that a majority no longer cares about them. That’s exactly what’s happening with Social Security…wreck the agency so that its service becomes crap. Let public anger build. And in time, they can just dismantle it and privatize the greatest social insurance system ever devised by this government and put people’s financial fate in the hands of the rich cronies,” he writes. He says Trump probably doesn’t have some secret plan — he doesn’t think far enough ahead, as he and DOGE destroy the government. Trump has contempt for rules and procedures, so he appoints unqualified stooges who share his contempt, to run his government by thinking that being tough means showing the world that they can do anything they want with no consequences. “Again, ignore the law, trash the rules, establish that procedure is whatever you say it is. Chaos fascism. Trump will orchestrate no military coup. The Republican Congress will probably pass no law that makes Trump president for life. That would be too obvious. What they’ll do is make stealthier moves across the board that discredit and destroy our democratic institutions until he and his billionaire friends can strip them for parts. Chaos fascism is here to stay,” Tomasky concludes.

Last week the US Supreme Court issued a decision in Trump v. CASA that made nationwide injunctions illegal — the high court said such provisions amounted to judicial overreach should lower courts prevent a government entity from enforcing a law or policy. Of course, the ruling sparked outrage from legal experts and court watchers, with one analyst calling it a ‘trap’ that the court willingly walked through. Slate Senior Writer Mark Stern said, “There are some technical maneuvers lawyers can make to force the Supreme Court to reconsider the issue, like certifying a class action lawsuit. However, there are still some big issues left on the table for the court to sort through. Those issues range from the merits of the case they just decided and the practicality of President Donal d Trump’s order to end birthright citizenship altogether.” Stern continued: “This is a fundamental problem. No one can explain how Trump’s order would work in practice. No one. Because the only reason that the vast majority of us have citizenship is because we were born here. When a child is born in America, the doctor doesn’t demand the papers of their parents to ensure they are citizens or a green card holder.” He says that Trump’s order would create a situation where everyone’s citizenship is called into question, and that could have massive legal implications going forward. “This is going to destabilize the fundamental right of citizenship for everybody. It is going to have massive downstream consequences in a really horrible and unworkable way…It’s chaos all the way down,” Stern fears.

On MSNBC’s ‘The Weekend,’ Stern called Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s thin-skinned attack on Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson’s dissenting opinion “arrogant and out of bounds.” Barrett criticized Jackson for “decrying an imperial Executive while embracing an imperial Judiciary,” which Stern saw as “a far too personal retort that accuses Jackson of not really being smart enough to levy a strong criticism of her opinion. That’s totally out of bounds, it’s highly unusual, even when justices disagree, they usually do so respectfully.” He continued, “And here Barrett is going much further and I think the reason is really obvious, right? Justice Jackson’s dissent if one the sharpest, fiercest, most blunt dissents we’ve ever seen. She is taking on the Supreme Court as an institution and the conservative super majority. It’s one of several dissents she published this term where she accused the super majority on the right of bias toward the Trump administration, of surrendering the rule of law so that Trump can rule like a king. This is how the majority sees the country, that they really believe Trump should rule it with no limits and, you know, I think after this decision, it’s kind of hard to argue with that. The majority sees a policy that is so patently unconstitutional and rather than understand that that’s the emergency that courts need to address, it turns around and smacks down the lower courts and says, ‘You went too far.'”

Satirist Andy Borowitz weighed in on the high court’s decision in his ‘The Borowitz Report’“In a stunning case of unintended consequences, the six conservative Supreme Court justices inadvertently ruled that their jobs no longer exist, legal experts revealed on Monday. By virtually eliminating the role of the nation’s judicial branch last Friday, the Republican justices unwittingly downsized themselves, Constitutional scholars said. ‘I’m sure they’re having second thoughts now that they’re unemployed, but it’s too late for them to reverse their ruling,’ said Professor Davis Logsdon of the University of Minnesota Law School. ‘The Constitution explicitly says, ‘No backsies.’ On Monday morning, a shell-shocked Brett Kavanaugh was seen clearing out his office, lugging an unwieldy beer keg down the Supreme Court’s fabled front steps. Meanwhile, the sudden demise of the Court has alarmed ex-justices Thomas and Alito, who reportedly asked, ‘Will this affect our yacht cruises?'”

Robert Reich writes that the hardest part of his nights hit at about 3am when he starts obsessing about upsetting things, such as what Trump is doing to America. On a recent night he couldn’t ignore the distraction that Trump is intent on abolishing the two branches of government that historically constrain the executive office — no more checks and balances as established by the Constitution, as Trump and his henchmen/women continue to usurp congressional authority, and war against the judiciary. The president and his lackeys wish to have only one branch of government led by Executive Trump, which is coming to pass as the Congress has all but disappeared, being controlled by Republican zombies who will say and do whatever Trump wants, maintains Reich. One down, and one to go! The federal judiciary was faintly seen as the only remaining check on the president, as they paused about 80 of Trump’s executive orders to await arguments and presentation of evidence at full trials. “But even this is too much for the ‘Dictator-In-Chief,'” says Reich. So, a majority of the Supreme Court, urged by the Justice Department, ruled that federal judges could pause executive actions only for the specific plaintiffs that bring the case — not a nationwide injunction which would immediately halt government policies. Previously, the Trump Gang had filed a lawsuit against 15 federal judges in Maryland, seeking a court order that would block them from making any ruling that might “interfere” in “the president’s powers to enforce the nation’s immigration laws.” Trump has previously launched personal attacks against federal judges after they rule against him, calling them “monsters” who want America to “go to hell,” and “radical left lunatics,” demanding their impeachment.

Trump’s actions and verbal attacks have incited some of his more rabid followers to threaten the lives of judges and their families, threats which have seen an increase of late to include bomb threats and swatting incidents. All those who push back on the administration’s actions are seen as the “opposition,” which has prompted Attorney General Pam Bondi to accuse federal judges of “meddling in our government,” rather than viewing the federal judiciary as an inherent part of the government. Reich says that Trump and his followers failed to learn that lesson in school, or they have conveniently forgotten it as they sit in the seat of power. He says our pessimism is understandable, and warns against cynicism which dooms any positive outcome — exactly where MAGA wishes us to be. “It looks dark today, but it will not remain dark. The Caligula-on-the-Potomac is getting nowhere on tariffs. Inflation threatens. The vast majority of Americans oppose his plan to cut Medicaid and give the rich a huge tax cut. His popularity continues to plummet. He is facing mounting opposition from the rest of the world,” concludes Reich. The road to fascism is lined with people telling us to stop overreacting, so, we have to do our best to shove that 3am monster back under the bed — and remember Reich’s encouragement!

Last week:

INSANA, HISTORY IS OVER, ONLY WHEN WE WIN, SCARED ENOUGH

We’ve been hearing it since 1995 — ‘Iran is just two weeks away from having nuclear weapons!’ Then, last week President Trump announced that he could wait two weeks before deciding whether the US would get directly involved in the Israel-Iran hostilities. His statement spotlighted his favorite measure of time, with late-night hosts showing clips of his ten-years of kicking the can down the road as he promised a healthcare plan or a tariff plan —just  two weeks until decision time. As The Tonight Show’s Jimmy Fallon commented, “Today, the White House said Trump will make a decision on the US involvement in Iran within the next two weeks. All good, no rush, just take your time. If Trump thinks about his decision for two weeks, it’ll beat his previous thinking record by two weeks.” Stephen Colbert jumped on the bandwagon with, “America stands on the brink of the precipice of the edge of possibly finding out if Donald Trump is going to bomb Iran. We’ve all been desperately trying to read Trump’s tea leaves. His type of tea? Insana! ‘Two weeks notice’ is so important. Trump understands starting a war in the Middle East is a lot like quitting your sales job at Best Buy. It’s just polite.” Jimmy Kimmel, calling Trump “Two Week POTUS,” joked, “Obviously, a decision to attack Iran directly would have very serious implications that would put US troops in that region at risk and could ignite a bigger war. He enjoys making threats, and he loves attaching them to timelines. Two weeks. It’s always two weeks. For a guy whose catchphrase was “You’re fired,” no one has ever given more two weeks’ notices than Donald J. Trump.”

Following Trump’s statement, Steve Schmidt wrote on his The Warning blog, “It has been 22 years and 93 days since President George W. Bush addressed the American people, and announced the commencement of the Iraq war. Lest there be any historical revisionism the record shows that the war resolution was passed in Congress with 81 Democratic votes. The point of mentioning this is not to judge or recriminate, but rather to remind all of you that it is the nation — not the party — that goes to war, and that beginning a war is a different project than ending one.” He questions how an Iran conflict might end by saying, “The American military is powerful, but led by imbeciles starting with Trump, but including Hegseth. They are as unfit as two people can possibly be to lead this nation into conflict. Trump, full of bluster and threats, cannot be trusted to tell the truth, or hold the course when times get tough. He exists in a world of make-believe and pretend. The war that he commences will be real.” Schmidt then lays out the Iraq war casualties, which he says the Fox News field marshals like Sean Hannity and Mark Levin continue to cheerlead because they failed to learn a single lesson: 4,419 Americans killed; 31,993 Americans wounded; 30,000+ post-9/11 wars veteran suicides; $1.79 trillion to include future obligations for veterans’ care. As the war drums sounded, Schmidt asked, “What is the plan, when do we leave, what is winning, what is the strategy?” As a former GOP team member, Schmidt feels that President Bush is an honorable man who made a colossal mistake amid the profound misjudgments in an effort to defend the country from a follow-up attack after 9/11.

In the lead up to his decision, Trump sidestepped Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, depending upon a couple of four-star generals for guidance on whether to join Israel in attacking Iran’s nuclear facilities. According to an unnamed White House official, “Nobody is talking to Hegseth. There is no interface operationally between Hegseth and the White House at all.” White House Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly said claims that Hegseth has been frozen out are “totally false.” CBS News reported that speculation indicated that Trump was willing to escalate the hostilities, having signed off on on attack plans which lacked only his final go-ahead for execution, with Trump’s response being, “I may do it. I may not do it. Nobody knows what I will do.” Truer words were never spoken! Hegseth isn’t the only senior official reported to have been snubbed by Trump during the Iran situation — he has also taken issue with Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard, over comments she had made, particularly her criticism of “political elite warmongers.” A spokesperson spoke in her defense, saying, “Gabbard remains focused on her mission: providing accurate and actionable intelligence to the President, cleaning up the Deep State, and keeping the American people safe, secure, and free.” Trump seemed to be closely involved with what was termed his ‘tier one’ advisory group, which included VP VanceSecretary of State RubioCIA Director Ratcliffe and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Caine, which many see as a troubling level of internal discord and disunity, just a few short months into his second presidency.

Democratic strategist James Carville saw any Iran involvement from the self-proclaimed “peacemaker” president who vowed to end “forever wars,” could signal the “end of global stability and MAGA as we know it.” Carville, on The Daily Beast Podcast, commented that the rift within MAGA resulting from Israel’s June 12 incursion into Iran had become very public in nature. TrumpHegseth, and Fox News host Mark Levin were notable for favoring US intervention, while Tucker CarlsonSteve Bannon and Tulsi Gabbard wanted to stay out of the fray, though according to Carville, “This rift has always existed below the surface” in MAGA world. “Trump has no idea what he’s doing. I guarantee you that Tucker Carlson or Steve Bannon or any of these people believe that if you pointed to a globe and said, ‘Point to the Middle East,’ Trump would have no idea what it is. The president has never given an iota of thought to this. He knows not one piece of history about the region, about the adversaries, he’s just massively ignorant.” Tulsi Gabbard testified before a Senate Intelligence Committee in March that her agency felt Iran was not building nuclear weapons; yet, Trump was quick to dispel that notion before the press on Air Force One by saying, “I don’t care what she said. I think they were very close to having them.” Referring to this rift, Carville said, “And you know what I say? You’re not scared enough. If you knew more, you would be even more scared than you are.”

In a phone call between Xi Jinping and Vladimir PutinChina and Russia tried to position themselves as a voice of reason, calling for easing of tensions between Israel and Iran, and encouraging Trump to use his influence “to cool the situation, not the opposite.” Middle East expert, Liu Zhongmin of the Shanghai International Studies University, attributed the flareup to the uncertainty created by Trump’s return to the White House and his chaotic, opportunistic and transactional nature of Middle East policies. Beijing has viewed the US as being a source of instability and tensions in the Middle East, and now that point is being underscored by Chinese scholars, with an erosion of America’s leadership among its allies while weakening its ability to threaten and deter regional adversaries. Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei of Iran was favored by Beijing, being a formidable power in the region and an important counterweight to US influence, allowing China to expand its own diplomatic and economic footprint in the area. As China and Iran strengthened ties over the years, the two countries held joint naval exercises along with Russia, and both Beijing and Moscow have offered to mediate the Iran-Israel conflict as an alternative to the US. Whether or not the two countries wield any leverage in the situation, they stand to gain in the eyes of the world as the US continues to lose respect and influence under Trump.

Meidas Touch Podcast last week featured an interview with Congressman Seth Moulton –  a decorated Marine vet willing to speak bluntly about the authoritarian threat posed by Trump. Discussed was the president’s drop-in appearance at the G7 in Alberta where he bailed after just 12 hours to avoid meeting up with President Zelensky, and instead of coordinating with leaders about critical global issues, Trump became a full-blown Kremlin mouthpiece, rambling about how the G7 should “really be the G8,” praising Putin as he had been instructed to do. Moulton said, “Trump sounded like a Kremlin spokesman. He genuinely prefers the company of dictators to our allies.” Trump and Putin spoke on a call, after which the Russian strongman launched another attack on Ukraine’s energy grid, with Trump posting his unhinged “orders” telling the 9 million inhabitants of Tehran to evacuate as he played a wannabe general on Truth Social. Moulton discussed Trump’s embarrassing “dictator parade” in DC, which soaked taxpayers for $40+ million for his egotistical glorification, replete with bitcoin advertising, and ignoring the US Army’s 250th anniversary celebration. Moulton was outspoken in his criticism, saying, “The military hates parades. If one leader, one political party controls the military, then you don’t have a fair and equal democracy anymore.” He finds it alarming that many of his active-duty Marine acquaintances are quietly discussing their commissions because Trump’s latest actions are unconstitutional. He advises: “Remember your oath.” This isn’t a hypothetical anymore — Trump is using the military as a political weapon, threatening American cities, spreading conspiracy-laced nonsense, pushing the nation to the brink. One subject was the hope seen in the ‘No Kings’ protests consisting of millions across the country, a moment that demands all of us to have courage, to insist on clarity, and the need to speak out every single day.

John Stoehr of The Editorial Board quotes Will Stancil“Politics is a schoolyard. Dems gotta speak up.” Stancil points out that as Trump and the drum beaters of war against IranUS Senators Tim Kaine and Bernie Sanders were quite vocal about the need for Congress to be involved for any declaration of war — anything short of that would be illegal. Where were the party’s leaders, Chuck Schumer and Hakeem Jeffries, who did next to nothing? Stancil asks, “How did this happen?” Stancil’s opinion is that it’s about Schumer’s and Jeffries’ view of politics. “Iran shows what the mindset if really about — all the pretexts about distractions really break down when the thing under discussion is what could easily become a generation-defining war, bigger than Iraq. But Democrats can’t seem to shake themselves out of their policy-wonk stupor here either. And it shows how what really underlies the ‘distraction’ rhetoric is a desire to focus on issues where the stakes are low and conflict is muted. It’s an evidence mechanism.” He says, “Democrats don’t want to fight, not openly, because combat is risky, which is something to dodge. Ironically, dodging is what’s preventing the Democrats from earning public trust. Party leaders tend to believe that the Democrats can win back trust by compromising — by moving to the middle on things like trans right. But if they won’t fight for the authority of Congress, which is the only authority they have, why would anyone trust them to fight for them?”

Stancil continues: “Liberals have trained themselves to see the world through this very particular end-of-history lens, where the ‘stuff that matters’ is inevitably wonky policy questions, the day-to-day of taxes and government, who gets subsidies, what healthcare policy looks like. The stuff that feels bigger and traditionally historical — scandal, social movements, violence, power and authoritarianism — that’s all assumed to be silly TV drama. That stuff belongs to history, and history is over! But it’s ridiculous. History isn’t over, the future will contain events as dramatic and horrible as the events of the past, and this stuff is just what it looks like: an assault on the foundations of our government, with all the terrifying and weighty implications that it seems to have.” Stoehr says, “I would suggest that liberals have a reading of history in which certain things are inevitable, like justice for all. It whitewashes the fact that people made moral choices and that moral choices have consequences. I suppose we could blame Obama for some of that.” Stancil answers, “I don’t know if they think these things are inevitable, but  they certainly think these fights are over. I’m not sure I’d blame Obama, but I think people are used to living in a relatively stable era and have come to believe that stability is normal. You see it in news coverage, where dramatic pronouncements are treated as hysterical or hyperbolic. It’s a little better now, but for the most of Trump’s first term, the consensus was that he was functionally a normal Republican with an uncouth demeanor. This was, in my view, insane — you could tell the guy was corrupt and unbalanced in an unprecedented way, openly supportive of authoritarianism. But in the view of a lot of liberals, it was just a gloss on an underlying normality. When Joe Biden won, people scoffed at the idea that Trump might try to stay in power, even though you had to examine the guy for 10 seconds to realize he was capable of doing something dramatic. If you thought about why it seemed ridiculous, it was because they implicitly assumed that here are just some sort of guardrails on modern affairs — that we stay in the Normal Zone because the Danger Zone was something that happens in other countries and in history, not to us.”

Donald Trump is quoted on November 12, 2015, saying, “This is the Trump theory on war. But I’m good at war. I’ve had lots of wars of my own. I’m really good at war. I love war, in a certain way, but only when we win.” As Brad Harrison of Newsflanks.com says, “The genie is out of the bottle now. Like Iraq, it’s easy to get into war but hard to get out of it. Trump and Project 2025 have turned America into a far-right, nationalist, white Judeo-Christian theocracy, now officially a war with Islam. Didn’t the Book of Revelations predict this? Hey, you never know. We’re returning to religiosity of the Dark Ages. The Age of Enlightenment and the Age of Reason are distant dreams now. This has been in the cards since his first term, but during his first term he had some experienced and seasoned people in his cabinet who kept it from happening. But they allowed him to withdraw from the Iran Nuclear Agreement, which the rest of the world was solidly behind, and now we can see how horrible a mistake that was. That was the beginning of Iran’s return to enriching uranium for a bomb, and the precursor to this mess. Plus, now we have him taking war into space with the ‘Golden Dome’ and heavy funding for his Space Force and space tech like Musk’s. As he widens his wars, we’ll need a golden dome. But this dome is impractical from a physics point of view, and will just be a big waste of money, like Reagan’s Star Wars dome.” Harrison says Trump has only informed the House and Senate Republicans of his plans, which clearly shows he is in the process of a full-on domestic war on the Dems and is attempting to eliminate the party as a political force in America. He wants one MAGA party running everything, like the Nazis. He has already started this with his deployment of the National Guard and the military in LA. We know the same deployments are planned for at least 15 other Blue cities.

Harrison points out that Tulsi Gabbard testified before Congress that Iran was nowhere near a nuclear weapon, but Trump straight-up ignored her and the American national intelligence apparatus. He’s entirely out of control. He really does believe he is on some sort of mission from God. The military budget is going to a trillion dollars under the reconciliation bill, and we are currently paying nearly a trillion dollars per year in interest on the national debt, most of which was due to military overspending — especially during the Bush era, most of which didn’t even go through Congress. Harrison points to right-wingers blaming ‘entitlement programs,’ but Social Security now pays for itself, with Medicare being half funded from general tax revenues. The Feds give about $600 billion to the states for Medicaid, now looking at a trillion dollar cut over the next ten years with the reconciliation bill. If we had stuck with the pre-Reagan tax brackets and not spent so much on the military starting with Reagan, our debt would be tiny compared to what it is now. America is now just an over-militarized, debt-laden giant under total control of an out-of-control dictator. Harrison calls it correctly: “What a mess.”

Simon Rosenberg on his Substack blog, Hopium Chronicles says, “Trump’s presidency is failing and unpopular, and he had to do something. Elon attacked and emasculated him, and made him weak and stupid. Global leaders are not bending the knee, and there has been no ’90 trade deals in 90 days’ [as he predicted]. Putin is treating him like a coffee boy, and Zelensky has made him look like a clown. His economic policy is slowing the economy down in every country in the world including the US, has caused our credit to go through an unprecedented downgrade, and the American people have figured out this budget bill will make their lives worse (as it will). All across the country news organizations are reporting on how his cuts and plans will do harm to their communities. He keeps losing in court, badly. The Vatican elected an American cardinal who has been very critical of his Administration. He had to bring Kilmar Abrego Garcia home. No one showed up for his sad birthday parade. His ugliness has spawned what appears to be the biggest protest movement in American history. His immigration enforcement escalation has backfired. His intel community has called b.s. on his claims of Iran’s nuclear progress.” Other than that, how did you enjoy the play at the Lincoln CenterMrs. Trump?

On June 21, The Onion website reminded us that Trump’s campaign statement: “No new wars,” was eclipsed by his latest, “No, new wars.” As satirist Andy Borowitz wrote: “In a nationally televised address Saturday night, Donald J. Trump announced he had ordered his son Barron to visit a podiatrist. ‘My fellow Americans, earlier this evening, at my command, Barron saw a podiatrist,’ said Trump, flanked by JD Vance, Marco Rubio, and Pete Hegseth. ‘I am pleased to announce that he has returned home safely. Barron’s mission was to obtain a note from the doctor,’ Trump added. ‘Mission accomplished.’ Minutes after the speech, a new poll showed a majority of Americans favor dropping Donald Trump on Iran.” As we know, Trump actually compressed his “two weeks” on this Saturday to wag the dog, by unilaterally ordering strikes on Iran’s three key nuclear facilities, declaring the move a “spectacular military success,” with a warning that further action might follow if Tehran doesn’t come to the peace table. Khamenei will surely respond — anywhere, at any time, and in any form, with their options of missiles — already sent to a US base in Qatar, militias, oil supply disruption, or hostage-taking, only marking a new chapter in this history, rather than a conclusion. We must remember that the 9/11 plot was ten years in the making. As Trump made the televised announcement, standing behind him were his ill-suited, glum-looking hostages Pete HegsethJD Vance, and Marco Rubio — not necessarily proud of the sequence of events — with the notable absence of Tulsi Gabbard. Trump needed his yes-men to back him up, to share the blame for a situation that will likely get worse, as they look for another dog to wag.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Fireworks

“What was important wasn’t the fireworks, it was that we were together this evening, together in this place, looking up into the sky at the same time.”
~Banana Yoshimoto

“Because beautiful things never last. Not roses nor snow… And not fireworks, either”
~Jennifer Donnelly

“Laughter is the fireworks of the soul.”
~Josh Billings

“I always have the most fun on the Fourth of July. You don’t have to exchange any gifts. You just go to the beach and watch fireworks. It’s always fun.”
~James Lafferty

“You are like fireworks. You go out into your children, your friends, your society, and the whole world.”
~Nhat Hanh

...

GÖTEBORGS FYRVERKERIFABRIK is a company in my home town of Gothenburg, Sweden! They put on some beyond amazing shows… Tonight they are in Cannes at a fireworks festival, but since video from that doesn’t exist yet, I’m sharing a show from New Years 2023. It makes me slightly homesick 🙂 Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

June 18 – 24, 2025

Highlights this week:Greensite… on saving the Clocktower redwoods… Steinbruner… Back next week, but attend the Measure Q meeting… Hayes… Almost Summer in Central California… Patton… Coul;d thius guy be right? … Matlock… harebrain…only one doll…bally-who?..respect… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Time Team… Quotes on… “Archaeology”

...

EARLY SANTA CRUZ BEACH BOARDWALK. This dates about 1882 and a hot air balloon ascension which doesn’t look too successful.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: June 18, 2025

GOING INTO SUMMER. It’s almost late June… the older I get, the more I am blown away by the passage of time. The seasons do seem to come at me harder and faster every year. I have both more and less patience than I did when I was younger, and I’d definitely say that my “can’t be bothered” meter has bottomed out! I’m not trying to say I don’t care, mind you, more like I don’t have time or energy to be distracted, discouraged, or derailed.

My fascination with the passage of time makes me watch a lot of history documentaries. This week, I’m sharing an episode from the show “Time Team”, which is great and available on YouTube. Enjoy!

~Webmistress

...

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

...

June 16, 2025

Trees Near and Far

I was on a group birding trip last week in southeastern Arizona, close to the borders of New Mexico and Mexico, at the foot of the Chiricahua Mountains. Remote, hot, a vast expanse of land with only a scattering of dwellings. The area is a birding hot spot, and we were not disappointed. Besides birds there were the trees. That beauty I’m standing next to is an Alligator Juniper and is around 500 years old.

Talking of trees, I returned home just in time to file an appeal against the June 6 Planning Commission’s unanimous vote of approval for the Workbench project at 2020 Pacific Avenue.

I share the appeal below. Appeals have set requirements, hence the language under reasons for appeal. The issue is clear. The city has a history of ignoring the legal requirement to make every effort to preserve heritage trees when a project design is evaluated. The most recent example is the library/garage/housing structure whose design should and could have accommodated at least the two liquid ambars but didn’t. Enough is enough. Time to insist the city follow its own laws to preserve our fast-dwindling heritage trees. We are not unreasonable. If a tree is in the middle of a project, it is unlikely to be saved. However, the two heritage coast redwoods are at the edge of the project property on Knight St. and could live to a ripe old age if the laws protecting our heritage trees are followed. When researching the General Plan for entries to support the appeal, I was pleasantly surprised to find a photo of the Clocktower and the redwoods on page 31, with text “to preserve existing significant vegetation.”

When the date of the appeal hearing is set you can be sure I’ll write about it again. Feel free to email me if you’d like to be part of this effort.

APPEAL

Of Planning Commission decision on June 6, 2025, for 2020 N. Pacific Avenue

Appellant: Gillian Greensite for Save Our Big Trees

Reason for Appeal: The Planning Commission failed to acknowledge and address the fact that the city’s Criteria and Standards for granting a Heritage Tree Removal permit were not followed for this project. Thus, the Heritage Tree Removal permit was granted in error. The General Plan, CD4.3.3, page 31, states the need to protect existing significant vegetation. The photo includes these heritage trees.

Evidence:

  1. Resolution No. NS-23, 710 contains the Criteria and Standards that allow the removal of heritage trees in the city of Santa Cruz.

Criterion 1(c)(3) is referenced in the agenda report as the reason for the removal of two heritage Coast Redwoods located at the property boundary.

  1. Criterion 1(c)(3) allows heritage tree removal only if “a construction project design cannot be altered to accommodate existing heritage trees”. (emphasis added).
  2. There is no evidence in the agenda report, nor in the oral staff report at the meeting, nor in the presentation from Workbench, that any attempt was made to alter the project design to accommodate the trees. Staff stated that “the tree removal permit was to facilitate the scope of work and the project design.” This is backwards. The project design is required to accommodate the trees unless it cannot be done. Cannot is explicit. It does not mean “prefer not to.”
  3. There is no evidence that any design alternatives to accommodate the trees were considered. Design changes were made to accommodate public support for rooftop commercial but not for the heritage trees.
  4. Neither staff nor commissioners addressed this issue at the meeting despite receiving three letters of concern that the Criteria and Standards had not been followed. Five members of the public implored the commissioners to save the trees. The sole commission comment on trees was one commissioner who said he “understood the reluctance to let go of the redwood trees.”
  5. It is understood that design changes cannot be required if they reduce the number of housing units in a project. However, design changes that reduce commercial or parking to accommodate heritage trees are appropriate.

Conclusion: There is broad community support for saving these two coast redwood trees. City law requires that project designs work to accommodate heritage trees. That effort was not done for this project. The Planning Commission failed to address that mistake. The public looks to its city council to remedy that mistake by upholding this appeal; to direct staff to work with the developer to alter the design so that both trees and project can co-exist into the future.

Gillian Greensite
Save Our Big Trees
gilliangreensite@gmail.com

Submitted, with appeal fee to City Clerk on June 16, 2025

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.
...
WEIGH IN ON MEASURE Q PROJECT FUNDING

Measure Q is a new a parcel tax countywide that will rake in an estimated $7.4 million annually, and will be managed by the County Parks Director and County Office of Response, Recovery & Resiliency (OR3).  The hand-picked Advisory Council on Oversight for the treasury and how the money will be allocated to projects is now devising the Plan, with the “help” of an expensive consultant. the Board of Supervisors considered this issue on June 10 in item 10.1, having been pulled from the consent agenda as item #27.

Amazingly, they did not do that until about 6pm …such a long meeting should not happen because tired Supervisors are not a good thing to have in critical decision-making. After discussing Measure Q and shooting down Supervisor Koenig’s recommendation on staffing that would have saved taxpayers $20,000, the Board continued to deliberate important County Budget issues….for too long and with tired brains.
Jun 10, 2025 Board of Supervisors – Last Day Budget Meeting – Santa Cruz County, CA

The Measure Q Survey, intended to advise all this, is useless.  Large areas of the unincorporated area are not included in options for prioritizing projects, and there is no option for prioritizing “Wildfire and Forest Health”.

Take the Survey below and attend the public meetings scheduled…and ask lots of questions!

To ensure this plan reflects the community’s values and priorities, we are conducting a series of community meetings and a short online public survey that is open through July 3. We hope to reach as many community members as possible and would deeply appreciate your support in sharing these opportunities. Attached and below are bilingual social media materials and suggested language.

ONLINE SURVEY An online survey will be available from May 30 through July 3, in both English and Spanish:

VIRTUAL COMMUNITY MEETING If you missed the various meetings, all is not lost yet. A virtual meeting will be held over Zoom on:

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC WORKSHOP AND ASK QUESTIONS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com
...
Almost Summer in Central California

Look around – we live in an amazing place at an interesting time with the changing of the seasons. The late spring rains grew tall grass which has recently started turning tawny while the forests and shrublands continue growing and flowering in the dawn of summer. Wildlife is celebrating the abundance of food and the arrival of new born family.

Meadowlands

The Monterey Bay region’s coastal prairies are going slowly dormant just as the grasses and wildflowers produce abundant seeds, falling to the ground, awaiting germination with the late fall rains. Glance at those grasslands and they tell hydrological stories: the thinner and poorer soil areas have gone dry, blond and brittle. The deeper, richer soils are still a bit green as plant roots stretch farther for the last bits of moisture. In those productive soils this is the 3rd year since 1986 that I’ve seen European oatgrass over head high. It is possible to trample-carve out a spot in that high grass and have shelter from the wind for a picnic or nap. Wait long in that spot and a snake will happen by. Gopher snakes, some quite big, are denizens of the meadows – some are shiny now, just shedding their skins and showing fresh scales. These and other snakes are hunting the abundant young grassland rodents. Cheeping alarm calls and diving at a focused spot, a family of barn swallows alerts me to a passing gopher snake, a big one, three and half feet long.

The snake slithers between puffy seed heads of dandelion relatives, just one of many sources of food for seedeating birds. Goldfinches’ excited whiny cheeps emphasize the feast of thistle seeds on the edge of the meadow. The prairie edge, where it abuts poison oak, coyote bush, and sagebrush scrub, is mown close, an inch tall and littered with round rabbit droppings. The last fading, quite small, California poppy flowers provide some color to the grasses near this edge. Mostly, the poppy plants are laden with long cylindrical pods which sharply crack in the midday sun, spreading seeds, feeding quail. Western harvest mice have started gathering and storing the many seeds raining down ripe right now in the grasslands. They take advantage of vole highways when the voles are napping, spreading out across the prairies filling their mouths with seeds that they the store in underground storage rooms. The voles, too, are making hay bales for future food – big masses of dense grass leaves and seeds woven into messy balls, filling wider sections of abandoned gopher runs. Snakes and weasels navigate this network of underground tunnels, pouncing on unwary rodents, snacking on entire broods of ‘pinkies’ (tiny blind, pink, furless baby rodents).

Shrublands

The chaparral and coastal scrub communities are flower-filled, richly-scented, and teeming with life. The roots of the shrubs wind deep into cracks, porous rock still wet from winter rains not too far down. Tender new growth shoots are a pale green, flexuous, and waving above the waxy, tough, darker green, worn and dusty-looking leaves from yesteryear. Fuchsia chaparral pea flowers contrast with cheery yellow bush poppy blossoms high on the poor soiled ridges across the Santa Cruz Mountains. Lower on the slopes, patches of pale orange sticky monkeyflower brighten hillsides along with yellow-green rafts of lizard tail shrubs nestled in with gray-green sagebrush foliage and masses of coyote bush. Here and there, birds alight onto the tops of the tallest shrubs, singing melodies while glancing this way and that for the potential mate, competitor, or hawk.

Where these shrub-dominated areas meet the oaks and firs, early summer greets newly emerging dusky footed woodrat young who must find their way to new territory, away from their mothers. Already, adolescent woodrats are repairing their ancestors’ abandoned houses, adorning them with freshly harvested leafy branches and twigs. At night, they squeak and chatter to each other across vast slopes sharing their discoveries, passing gossip, or maybe simply joining in the happiness of rodent chorus. These are the tenders of shrublands, pruning certain tasty oaks to bonsai, shaping coffeeberry to topiary, snipping and collecting plants here and there with their compulsion to have one of everything displayed neatly in their house’s museum chambers. Perhaps those are teaching displays for their children and maybe they worship each species with rituals we know nothing about.

Forests

A complex array of forest types fills canyons, blanket hillsides, and tower over ridgelines across our region. Redwood forest is the most treasured, judging from the way parks have been set aside. But oak forests can be more interesting and seem more alive with wildlife, more diverse with plants. Willow and sycamore forests love to be close to running water. Patches of maple, buckeye, madrone and bay transport you with their colors and scents.

On the eve of summer, forests like shrublands push out lush new growth. Fresh needles on the conifers, arching twigs unfurling fresh leaves for the oaks. Douglas firs are shedding their male cones and madrones have mostly dropped their flowers – the forest floor littered with millions of these tiny treasures, soon to be composting and unrecognizable.

At night, lions prowl the roads and trails of these forests, hiding in the understory awaiting a passing deer. Mother deer keep their new, spotty fawns well away from the forest, out in the meadows. Herds of bucks wander farther, daring each other to enter forests dark, their heads held high and proud with rapidly growing velvety antlers.

Dawn makes the forest canopy loud with birdsong. Flocks of chickadees and warbling vireos sing along with hundreds of other species, celebrating the new day.

These Things and Us

All of this and so much more is happening in the natural world around us, sometimes despite us. We must never forget to appreciate these things, or if we do we imperil future generations. These things, this life, allows us to live rich and comfortable lives with clean water, clean air, fewer diseases, better managed pests, food…and fiber. Beyond appreciation, we must protect these things, even the woodrats, with our votes, with our donations, with whatever we can give to assure that they thrive for hundreds of years to come.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.netEmail Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com
...

Tuesday, June 17, 2025

That is Holman W. Jenkins, Jr., pictured. He writes a regular business column for The Wall Street Journal. To be completely candid, I am not a fan. Still, I do subscribe to The Wall Street Journal, and so I read Jenkins’ columns, as they periodically appear. I am always trying to make sure that I “consider the alternatives,” even when (and perhaps especially when) I already know what I think!

I think that global warming is a genuine and potentially world-ending crisis, and so when I saw the headline on Jenkins’ column in the January 15, 2025, edition of The Journal, I was pretty sure that I was not going to agree with what I was about to read. Here is the headline I am talking about: “End of a Climate Delusion.”

In fact, Jenkins does basically dismiss the reality of the global warming crisis, even in the face of the Los Angeles fires. I definitely don’t agree with him in his overview perspective on global warming. Jenkins is not much concerned. I am!

Here, however, in an excerpt from Jenkins’ column on what he calls the “Climate Delusion.” Could this be a statement that is worth thinking about? Could this guy be right?

Green-energy subsidies do not reduce emissions. This will be news to millions of California voters. It contradicts a central tenet of state policy. It isn’t news to the actual enactors of these subsidies. A National Research Council study sponsored by congressional Democrats in 2008 concluded that such handouts were a “poor tool for reducing greenhouse gases” and called for carbon taxes instead.

Unfortunately, the incoming Obama administration quickly discovered it favored climate taxes only when Republicans were in charge. Backers would later engage in flagrant lying to promote Joe Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act, knowingly citing bogus predictions that its trillion-dollar spending profusion would reduce emissions.

A 2019 University of Oregon study had already revealed the empirical truth: Green energy doesn’t replace fossil fuels, it enables more energy consumption overall. That same year the EPA calculated that the potential emissions savings from subsidizing electric vehicles had been offset five times over by the pickup truck and SUV boom Team Obama facilitated to assure the success of its auto bailout (emphasis added).

To the degree that Jenkins’ column can be read as a statement in support of carbon taxes, I do agree with him. Carbon taxes are something we need. Further, I have to say that I think I am in agreement with the other statements that I have highlighted in the excerpt from Jenkins’ column.

It is certainly true that green-energy subsidies do not “reduce emissions.” Furthermore, “green energy” does not – at least not automatically – replace fossil fuels. New sources of “green energy,” since they provide a new “supply,” can indeed lead to “more energy consumption overall.”

An effective policy to combat global warming would require a reduction in energy supplied by fossil fuels as new energy sources, not based on fossil fuels, are made available. Otherwise, Jenkins’ observation is correct, the new “green” energy sources (absent a corresponding reduction in ‘non-green” energy sources) will simply mean that we’re going to be using more energy.

What do we actually need? In so many areas, as I have said before in these daily blog postings, what we need most is LESS.

 

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.netEmail Gary at gapatton@mac.com
...
RED, WHITE AND EGO, LIONS, A SAD TROMBONE, MCCARTHYISM

When compared to the Trump administration’s mass firings at the federal level, his massive, expensive military parade in the nation’s capitol seemed a harebrained plan, especially when further cuts to federal programs are coming. The price tag on the day’s events have been bandied about in the $45 million range, but is likely to creep higher…which taxpayers will never gain knowledge about. Trump explained to NBC News’ Kristen Welker the cost will be “peanuts compared to the value of doing it,” but Ja’han Jones of MSNBC says that claim is debatable at best, the actual value of hosting such a parade, is more reminiscent of dictatorships as it features dozens of military vehicles and thousands of service members. Or as Adam Kinzinger says, the waste and corruption of the Trump administration, and the president wanting a military themed 79th birthday party, has more to do with Trump’s disinterest in being president and his desire to be worshipped, and his interest in entertaining. Submitted cartoon captions on Robert Reich’s blog read: “It’s not just a birthday — it’s a national emergency in red, white and ego,” and “They’re marching to the beat of a draft dodger!” and “It’s my birthday too, but all I got was 1 doll.”

Last week satirist Andy Borowitz wrote his version of the impending parade: “Donald J. Trump’s long-wished-for military parade was abruptly cancelled on Saturday after it emerged that Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth had inadvertently invited the Houthi rebels. Though Hegseth defiantly told reporters, ‘I did not text parade plans,’ a mass invite from his Signal account was sent to the Houthis, Iran’s Supreme Leader, and The Atlantic’s Jeffrey Goldberg. In an official statement, the Houthis said they were ‘saddened’ to lose the chance to show off their military hardware, adding, ‘We already packed our drones.'” Not attending the actual festivities were many GOP lawmakers who were heading home for the weekend for personal reasons, not enticed by Trump’s promise of an “incredible” display.” Louisiana Senator John Kennedy said, “The United States of America is the most powerful country in all of human history. We’re a lion, and a lion doesn’t have to tell you it’s a lion. I would save the money, but if the president wants to have a parade, he’s the president, and I’m not.” Senator Rand Paul said he has “never been a fan of goose-stepping soldiers in big tanks and missiles rolling down the street” and likened the expected imagery to the Soviet Union and North Korea, adding, “So if you asked me, I wouldn’t have done it.” A Politico survey found only seven out of fifty lawmakers on the House side who would attend. Threatening weather may have accounted for a low turnout, but Trump wasn’t discouraged — “tanks won’t be affected. It doesn’t affect the soldiers. They’re used to it. They’re tough,” said Cadet Bone Spurs.

Regrettably, after months of planning, and public ballyhoo, the event came to fruition, and was ruled a whopping belly flop — the ballyhoo becoming a bally-boo-hoo for Trump and his hangers-on who were coerced into sitting on the viewing stand with him. The tiny crowd size, bored and uncoordinated marchers, rusty and clunky machinery, and the humiliation for the crypto sponsors whose logos were prominently displayed, all provided ammo for social media to explode with ridicule. It was far from being a feather in the cap of America’s would-be dictator as he looked bored, disinterested, and appearing to nod off a few times. Ditto for Melania and the MAGA hostages. For the president to know that his grand parade was sharing TV screens with the massive ‘No Kings’ protest rallies across the nation and the world only emphasized his desperation and weakness in a country that was forcefully objecting to the moral squalor of his leadership. Andy Borowitz says the short version of the D.C. event is a ‘sad trombone’: wah-wah-wah-wah! Maybe next time Trump wants to celebrate himself with an ostentatious display of military hardware, he should hire a consultant who knows how to produce this kind of show: Kim Jong-Un. A joke on X“MAGA estimates that 51 million to 1.2 billion people attended Trump’s parade.”

The MoveOn website reported: “Two very different visions of America were on display. In Washington, D.C., Donald Trump staged a grossly expensive and ‘profoundly low energy’ military parade — a spectacle featuring squeaky tanks, troops, and weapons rolling through our nation’s capitol on his 79th birthday. It was a sparsely attended, and ultimately, empty attempt to show force by a historically weak president who governs through fear because he cannot lead through trust.” It is estimated that as many as five million people were in the streets in 2,100 peaceful ‘No Kings‘ protests — “a massive display of the power we hold when we stand together for democracy, dignity, and hope,” says MoveOn. In April three million protesters attended 1,300 ‘Hands Off’ rallies, and with last week’s five million, the movement is obviously growing, but it’s only the beginning and we have to keep the energy flowing. Historians who study social movements worldwide have coined the ‘3.5% rule,’ which says historically few authoritarian governments have withstood 3.5% of their population peacefully mobilized against them in a sustained show of solidarity. Today’s movement will have to grow to around eleven million people who remain steadfast in protesting the MAGA regime, so the momentum is moving toward reaching that goal.

Alix Bedeen writes on Daily Kos of Florida’s Governor DeSantis making a statement that “vehicular manslaughter is morally okay, as long as you’re hitting a dirty, ICE-hating liberal.” He is quoted as saying, “If you’re driving down one of those streets and a mob comes and surrounds your vehicle and threatens you, you have a right to flee for your safety, and so if you drive off and you hit one of those people, that’s their fault for impinging on you.” After chaos ensued when President Trump sent in troops to quell protests in Los Angeles, inspiring protesters in other states to do likewise, DeSantis took the opportunity to take advantage of the chaos in an attempt to bury his own family scandals which have been jeopardizing the political futures of he and his wife. The governor was called out by the Orlando Sentinel for omitting “LGBTQ and Hispanic communities” from the annual Pulse nightclub shootings statement honoring those victims, as a flagrant display of racism and homophobia. Bredeen concludes with, “Then again, DeSantis’ idea of protecting his constituents is arming daycare workers, so what’s running over a protester every now and then?”

MSNBC’s Jonathan Capehart and authoritarianism expert Ruth Ben-Ghiat discussed Florida’s Brevard County sheriff, Wayne Ivey, after his press conference threatening ‘No Kings’ protesters in his jurisdiction. Ivey said, “If you throw a brick, a firebomb, or point a gun at one of our deputies, we will be notifying your family where to collect your remains because we will kill you, graveyard dead. We’re not going to play. If you try to mob rule a car in Brevard County, gathering around it, refusing to let the driver leave, you’re most likely going to get run over and dragged across the street. If you spit on us, you’re going to the hospital, then jail. If you hit one of us, you’re going to the hospital, jail, and most likely get bitten by one of our big, beautiful dogs.” As Ben-Ghiat shook her head in amazement, Capehart asked her to comment. She said, “Unfortunately, what happens when you have a culture of institutionalized lawlessness, and where the head of our government tried to overthrow the government, and is calling protesters insurrectionists, having incited a violent insurrection of his own, there’s a kind of encouragement for all kinds of broad state security forces, including law enforcement, state militias, and the military to feel empowered to be lawless themselves, and to speak like that.”

Lisa Needham writes on The Daily Beast that Senator Jeff Hawley wants an investigation into ‘The Insurrection’ — not the January 6, 2021 affair, the 2025 protests in Los Angeles to be more exact. The Missouri Senator is going to blow this whole criminal conspiracy wide open, using the same old, tired GOP delusion that left wing demonstrators are not spontaneous or authentic but are instead paid puppets funded by dark money masters led by George Soros. Hawley has sent letters to groups he alleges are funding the protests, demanding their donor lists, which Needham finds just a touch McCarthy-ish. She writes that sending letters to organizations disfavored by the government, asserting that participation in that group is criminal, and demanding donor names is pretty much an accurate shorthand description of the McCarthy era. The groups Hawley has singled out are the Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights, and the Party for Socialism and Liberation, which is actually a communist group. The New York Post has reported that, “The radical group, CHILRA, had received around $450,000 in grants for ‘citizenship education and training’ between October 2021 and September 2024 from DHS — the very agency the group was protesting.” Needham snarks, “Ah, yes. The well-known ‘you can’t protest the government if you ever got money from the government’ exception to the First Amendment.” Hawley, in his letters, says, “Bankrolling civil unrest is not protected speech. It is aiding and abetting criminal conduct.” Hmmm — must not pertain to January 6? He doesn’t stop at donor lists — he also wants all internal communications related to protest planning, coordination, or funding; all financial documents related to protests over immigration enforcement; all contracts and grant applications related to immigration enforcement; travel records for anyone supported or reimbursed for protests activities; and all media strategies. Seems that he has forgotten the well-known photo of him raising his fist in support of the gathered January 6 insurrectionists who were poised for the Capitol onslaught, and his answer that, “Trump keeps his campaign promises” when asked about the president’s blanket pardon for his horde of lawbreakers.

We’ve all seen the powerful, yet horrifying, images on TV or social media from the anti-ICE protests in Los Angeles with the escalation of law enforcement and police violence, but the citizens are not letting up in defense of their neighborhoods. One protestor’s confrontation with California National Guard officers at the Los Angeles VA Clinic has gone viral as he stands his ground, bravely addressing the armed, uniformed unit. “You’re tough with your assault rifles and your sticks. You should be standing here with us. You’re on the wrong side of history,” he begins. His diatribe continues: “We know you got a job to do. But you took an oath to the Constitution, not to the fascists in the White House. Think about what you’re doing now. Think about what this means, coming into our community. Peaceful community…people working their jobs. They send men in military fatigues. Weapons of war in our communities, and you stand here and you allow it. I am sick and tired of it. You should be sick and tired of it.” Then asking the officers, “You think any of these people in the White House sending you these commands care about you? Not one of them do. They laugh at you. Our president laughs at you. He called you fools. He said the people who died overseas in the military were chumps. That’s who you’re defending right now.” As the video continues he says, “Think about your place in history, ladies and gentlemen. Ask yourself when you wake up tomorrow. I don’t know if you have kids. Ask yourself the future you want for your children. Is it this? You can answer me. Is it this? Do you feel good about this? You’re tough looking behind your masks and your fatigues with your weapons, but how do you feel on the inside? This is our community, and we will fight for it if we have to.” The protester’s video has been seen over 350,000 times, being reposted by countless news media outlets and social media users, viewers being moved by his courage and his potent message. Many called his accomplishment true patriotism, the sign of a leader who should be running for political office, and one Tiktok poster felt it gave all on the sidelines a great reminder: “You can always be the hero.”

Satirist Andy Borowitz reveals that the president had arrived at what he felt was a great solution: “In what critics are calling an inflammatory move, Donald J. Trump announced on Tuesday that he was sending Stephen Miller to Los Angeles to act as a human repellant. ‘No one empties a room faster than Stephen,’ Trump said. ‘He’s better than teargas.’ But Trump’s plan faces a stiff legal challenge from human rights lawyers, who argue that the use of Stephen Miller violates the Geneva Convention.”

A couple of years ago, Trump was interviewed by Fox News’ Bret Baier, who asked The Don what he considered the most important issue for the country, which brought up the usual suspects — the economy, border security, ‘woke,’ but his main concern was “respect.” “Basically, respect all over the world. We don’t have it anymore. We had tremendous respect in 2020. We don’t have respect anymore. We have to get that respect back. And if we don’t, we have some big problems,” he opined. MSNBC’s Steve Benen writes, “This has been a rhetorical staple for the Republicans for quite a while. In fact, on the campaign trail last year, the told a Pennsylvania audience, referring to his White House tenure: ‘We were the most respected country in the world. We were the most respected that we were ever respected. We were never more respected than we were four years ago.'” Of course, Benen calls this statement “utterly bonkers,” but now that the president has returned to the Oval Office, it’s suddenly even worse. The Pew Research Center released the results of international surveys measuring Trump’s support in 24 nations across the globe, making it clear that results were awful. Majorities express little or no confidence in Trump’s ability to handle specific issues, and when asked about Trump’s personal characteristics, most describe him as arrogant and dangerous, while relatively few see him as honest. Benen writes that broadly speaking, good news for the White House was hard to find in the data, much of the world holding Trump in low regard, his unpopularity tarnishing the stature of the country, with favorable ratings dropping by double digits in several countries. The PRC showed George W. Bush unpopular, with Barack Obama’s support high; followed by Trump’s first term numbers awful, then bouncing upward under <b>Biden</b> — now, the numbers are continuing to slide downward.

While some argue that the new numbers are irrelevant, since Trump has prioritized an ‘America First’ theme, the lack of international backing shouldn’t matter — the problem being that Trump has invested enormous amounts of time and energy to make the opposite argument. Most will remember that the Republican worldview is that the USA has been an international laughingstock for decades, but Trump has argued that thanks to how awesome his awesomeness is, he has restored the nation’s global stature, seeing it as one of his most important accomplishments. As Trump ended his first term, in his farewell address he told the country, “The world respects us again. Please don’t lose that respect.” However, the Pew research from September 2020 notes, “In several countries, the share of the public with a favorable view of the US is as low as it has been at any point since the Center began polling on this topic nearly two decades ago.” Benen concludes, “And yet, the president can’t let go of this lie. A few weeks ago, by way of his social media platform, Trump wrote: ‘Our Nation is staging one of the greatest and fastest comebacks in history. In just 4 short months, we are respected again, respected like never before.’ He similarly added in February, just a couple of weeks after his second inaugural, ‘We are respected all over the world, like never before.’ All of this was the opposite of the truth. It also reinforces the fact that Trump is failing, not by some random metric, but by one of the standards that he personally elevated above all others.”

After the president and the First Lady made a rare public appearance at the new and MAGA-friendly Kennedy Center for the presentation of ‘Les Misérables,’ Jimmy Kimmel on his show, expressed concern about the state of their marriage. “It was the opening night, led by their self-appointed chairman of the board,” he said in his opening monologue, as he showed a photo of their appearance, joking, “There he is, Don Valjean and Lady Misérable.” Kimmel surmised, noting their body language, “That is the look of a couple that just realized they have to sit next to each other for three hours. Napoleon Bone-a-Spurs was accompanied by Melania as required under Section B, Subsection 3 of their prenup, which states, ‘Mrs. Trump shall accompany her husband to no fewer that two public appearances per calendar year, during which she shall refrain from open displays of revulsion, disgust, and or hatred, regardless of current mood or events.” Kimmel who has always used the cold, distant relationship of the couple, continued it throughout his monologue. “But Melania, from all accounts, she loved this show. Her favorite song was ‘On My Own.” “They really do seem so close, closer than ever, the way they were holding hands on the way in…,” — as he showed a photo of Trump holding Melania’s thumb as they entered the theater — “…in karate that’s known as a ‘thumb lock.'” Some performers in the play refused to appear knowing that the Trumps would be in the audience, and news reports indicate that loud boos were heard as the First Couple entered, soon to be overshadowed by cheers and clapping from the MAGA attendees. Trump was probably echoing the words of Groucho Marx“I’ve had a perfectly wonderful evening, but this wasn’t it.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Archaeology

“Archaeology holds all the keys to understanding who we are and where we come from.”
~Sarah Parcak

“Archaeology is the peeping Tom of the sciences. It is the sandbox of men who care not where they are going; they merely want to know where everyone else has been.”
~Jim Bishop

“At 16, I got into local-education archaeology classes – you got to go to summer digs. It allowed me to be both intellectual and a bad girl with a wicked social life every evening!”
~Mary Beard

“I’d always been fascinated by archaeology; it was my original career plan as a kid.”
~Tana French

“As anyone who has watched Time Team will know, the context is all in archaeology.”
~Tony Robinson

...

The Time Team strikes again… This is a very entertaining show out of Britain. The premise is that this “Time Team” gets called in and are given 3 days to verify or dismiss an archeological question or anomaly. Go ahead and watch this, and maybe fall down the rabbit hole and watch more! Yay, history!!

 

COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

June 11 – 17, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back from her travels next week… Steinbruner… Measure Q funding, Community meetings, backroom deals in Aptos… Hayes… Almost Summer in Central California… Patton… Elections Don’t Always Guarantee Democracy… Matlock… …ketamine breakdown…relevance…dominance…ego… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you many ways to tie your shoes… Quotes on… “Shoelaces”

...

BUILDING THE LIGHTHOUSE AT LIGHTHOUSE POINT. The lighthouse went up (this photo was taken May 5, 1967). If you really squint you can see that the project was being done by Milt Macken, contractor.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: June 11, 2025

TITAN, TITANIC, OBSESSION? I’ve been fascinated with the Titanic since I first heard about it as a child. I’ve watched dozens of documentaries and TV shows about it, and I’ve seen the exhibit at the Luxor in Las Vegas (that was so worth it!). I completely understand why people would want to go down there to check it out. Since the Titan submersible tragedy happened, I have seen a lot of videos about that as well. As fascinated as I am with the Titanic, I’m not sure that I, personally, could ever go down there in a submersible… The reason I’m mentioning any of this is that Netflix just released a documentary called Titan: The OceanGate Submersible Disaster. I just finished watching it, and it goes into great details, many of which I hadn’t actually heard before. It’s worth a watch, if you ask me.

REMEMBER THE PASTRIES I MENTIONED LAST WEEK? Fika Bakeshop in Ben Lomond (261 Madrona Way) has the bakeshop cart (Ignore me in the picture on the right, look how cute that cart is!!) out next Thursday, June 19, 9am – 12pm as well as Thursday, June 26, 9am to 12pm. All you do is show up, grab your pastry or pastries, and leave (or Venmo) Susan money. I love everything about this, and the pastries are amazing!

~Webmistress

...

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back from travels next week.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
WEIGH IN ON MEASURE Q PROJECT FUNDING

Measure Q is a new a parcel tax countywide that will rake in an estimated $7.4 million annually, and will be managed by the County Parks Director and County Office of Response, Recovery & Resiliency (OR3).  The hand-picked Advisory Council on Oversight for the treasury and how the money will be allocated to projects is now devising the Plan, with the “help” of an expensive consultant. the Board of Supervisors considered this issue on June 10 in item 10.1, having been pulled from the consent agenda as item #27.

Amazingly, they did not do that until about 6pm …such a long meeting should not happen because tired Supervisors are not a good thing to have in critical decision-making. After discussing Measure Q and shooting down Supervisor Koenig’s recommendation on staffing that would have saved taxpayers $20,000, the Board continued to deliberate important County Budget issues….for too long and with tired brains.
Jun 10, 2025 Board of Supervisors – Last Day Budget Meeting – Santa Cruz County, CA

The Measure Q Survey, intended to advise all this, is useless.  Large areas of the unincorporated area are not included in options for prioritizing projects, and there is no option for prioritizing “Wildfire and Forest Health”.

Take the Survey below and attend the public meetings scheduled…and ask lots of questions!

To ensure this plan reflects the community’s values and priorities, we are conducting a series of community meetings and a short online public survey that is open through July 3. We hope to reach as many community members as possible and would deeply appreciate your support in sharing these opportunities. Attached and below are bilingual social media materials and suggested language.

ONLINE SURVEY An online survey will be available from May 30 through July 3, in both English and Spanish:

IN-PERSON COMMUNITY MEETINGS Each meeting will follow an open house format with interactive stations, maps, and bilingual materials. Community members are welcome to drop in at any time during the scheduled meeting time.

  • Monday, June 9 – South County 6:00–7:30 PM Civic Plaza Community Room, 275 Main Street, Watsonville (4TH Floor) Bilingual staff in attendance
  • Tuesday, June 10 – San Lorenzo Valley 5:30–7:00 PM Highlands House, 8500 CA-9, Ben Lomond
  • Monday, June 16 – North County 5:30–7:00 PM Bonny Doon Elementary Community Room, 1492 Pine Flat Rd, Bonny Doon
  • Tuesday, June 17 – Mid County 5:30–7:00 PM Live Oak Community Center (Simpkins Family Swim Center), 979 17th Avenue, Santa Cruz Bilingual staff in attendance

VIRTUAL COMMUNITY MEETING For those unable to attend in person, a virtual meeting will be held on:

MORE ABOUT BACKROOM DEALS FOR SWENSON AT APTOS VILLAGE
Further correspondence from County Parks Director Mr. Jeff Gaffney continues to trouble me greatly regarding the continued sweet deals the County made with Swenson in the Aptos Village Project.  I wrote to ask about the Park Parcel agreements, and how the Project’s Condition of Approval required Swenson to provide an active recreation area to mitigate the significant loss of the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps and pump track for youth.

Below is the second response from Mr. Gaffney to my questions.  Note that he says “It would be nice” if Swenson or the HOA (???) would construct some recreational improvements in the nearby Aptos Village Park…..or anywhere in Aptos, for that matter!

Who holds Swenson accountable here?  It does not seem to be the County, does it?

Write Second District Kim DeSerpa about this and ask where the recreational improvements for the Aptos Village Project will be constructed.  Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Who determined in 2020 that the park parcel had no potential open space benefit to the Community?  Were there any public meetings to allow Community input?

There were no specific meetings for this parcel.

In 2020, our Park Planning staff evaluated the site and seeing that the majority of the .71 acre parcel is sloped and not easily developed (more than 58% of the site – see attached GIS map with slope and polygon of developable area), and taking into consideration that the site offered is only ~275 feet from Aptos Village Park, the County’s already developed 8.5 acre, it was not recommended that the County accept this dedication, especially without any funds for park development.

This item was brought up several times at the Parks and Recreation Commission meetings between 2015 and 2019. There were also a couple of news outlets that covered the details like the Aptos Times (I believe you were interviewed for that article).

Was Swenson Builders required to post a performance bond for the appraised value of the parcel? County Assessor records show the appraised value for taxes is $733,277.

No. They offered the parcel for dedication.

The Condition of Approval on pages 4-5 state that after five years, the County could extend acceptance of the park dedication.  Is this what happened in 2020?

No. The map was recorded.

If the County rejected ownership of the park parcel in 2020, why didn’t County Parks assess a drainage easement through Aptos Village Park to help offset the significant damage caused to that Park’s irrigation system by the drain pipe installation in 2024?

The easement was critical for the project to move forward and hence the County agreed to it.  Swenson has continued to work with the County throughout construction and the repairs needed to the park from that construction, including relocation of a new outfall location after the original location failed in the storms of 2023-2024.

How is the Aptos Village Project Condition of Approval to provide active recreational space now going to be met?  Will Swenson Builder be required to provide active recreation in another area, perhaps developing land that the County already owns?

The only requirement is for the developer to offer the parcel to County but that does not require the Board of Supervisors to accept the parcel on behalf of the County. Furthermore, the developer’s offer satisfies the permit conditions and the County is not obligated to accept the OTD.  It would be nice to see the developer and/or HOA construct a nice recreational space for their residents on Parcel M and/or provide funds for additional improvements that could be done at Aptos Village County Park.

Finally, since the County has seemingly rejected taking ownership of the park parcel, who in fact now owns the parcel, and who will assume weed abatement for fire risk reduction?

The County has rejected this OTD so the responsibility of maintaining the space falls upon the existing property owner, Aptos Village LLC.

WHO IS PAYING FOR THIS?
Aptos Creek Road is now reduced to a single lane until June 27 to accommodate the road construction happening there benefiting Aptos Village Project.  The question is….who is paying for this work?

In the past, Public Records Act requests of the County showed this piece of the Aptos Village Project brought negotiations on a Project Performance Agreement between Swenson and the County to a halt.

I have requested this information, but so far, no response from the County.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC WORKSHOP AND ASK QUESTIONS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Almost Summer in Central California

Look around – we live in an amazing place at an interesting time with the changing of the seasons. The late spring rains grew tall grass which has recently started turning tawny while the forests and shrublands continue growing and flowering in the dawn of summer. Wildlife is celebrating the abundance of food and the arrival of new born family.

Meadowlands

The Monterey Bay region’s coastal prairies are going slowly dormant just as the grasses and wildflowers produce abundant seeds, falling to the ground, awaiting germination with the late fall rains. Glance at those grasslands and they tell hydrological stories: the thinner and poorer soil areas have gone dry, blond and brittle. The deeper, richer soils are still a bit green as plant roots stretch farther for the last bits of moisture. In those productive soils this is the 3rd year since 1986 that I’ve seen European oatgrass over head high. It is possible to trample-carve out a spot in that high grass and have shelter from the wind for a picnic or nap. Wait long in that spot and a snake will happen by. Gopher snakes, some quite big, are denizens of the meadows – some are shiny now, just shedding their skins and showing fresh scales. These and other snakes are hunting the abundant young grassland rodents. Cheeping alarm calls and diving at a focused spot, a family of barn swallows alerts me to a passing gopher snake, a big one, three and half feet long.

The snake slithers between puffy seed heads of dandelion relatives, just one of many sources of food for seedeating birds. Goldfinches’ excited whiny cheeps emphasize the feast of thistle seeds on the edge of the meadow. The prairie edge, where it abuts poison oak, coyote bush, and sagebrush scrub, is mown close, an inch tall and littered with round rabbit droppings. The last fading, quite small, California poppy flowers provide some color to the grasses near this edge. Mostly, the poppy plants are laden with long cylindrical pods which sharply crack in the midday sun, spreading seeds, feeding quail. Western harvest mice have started gathering and storing the many seeds raining down ripe right now in the grasslands. They take advantage of vole highways when the voles are napping, spreading out across the prairies filling their mouths with seeds that they the store in underground storage rooms. The voles, too, are making hay bales for future food – big masses of dense grass leaves and seeds woven into messy balls, filling wider sections of abandoned gopher runs. Snakes and weasels navigate this network of underground tunnels, pouncing on unwary rodents, snacking on entire broods of ‘pinkies’ (tiny blind, pink, furless baby rodents).

Shrublands

The chaparral and coastal scrub communities are flower-filled, richly-scented, and teeming with life. The roots of the shrubs wind deep into cracks, porous rock still wet from winter rains not too far down. Tender new growth shoots are a pale green, flexuous, and waving above the waxy, tough, darker green, worn and dusty-looking leaves from yesteryear. Fuchsia chaparral pea flowers contrast with cheery yellow bush poppy blossoms high on the poor soiled ridges across the Santa Cruz Mountains. Lower on the slopes, patches of pale orange sticky monkeyflower brighten hillsides along with yellow-green rafts of lizard tail shrubs nestled in with gray-green sagebrush foliage and masses of coyote bush. Here and there, birds alight onto the tops of the tallest shrubs, singing melodies while glancing this way and that for the potential mate, competitor, or hawk.

Where these shrub-dominated areas meet the oaks and firs, early summer greets newly emerging dusky footed woodrat young who must find their way to new territory, away from their mothers. Already, adolescent woodrats are repairing their ancestors’ abandoned houses, adorning them with freshly harvested leafy branches and twigs. At night, they squeak and chatter to each other across vast slopes sharing their discoveries, passing gossip, or maybe simply joining in the happiness of rodent chorus. These are the tenders of shrublands, pruning certain tasty oaks to bonsai, shaping coffeeberry to topiary, snipping and collecting plants here and there with their compulsion to have one of everything displayed neatly in their house’s museum chambers. Perhaps those are teaching displays for their children and maybe they worship each species with rituals we know nothing about.

Forests

A complex array of forest types fills canyons, blanket hillsides, and tower over ridgelines across our region. Redwood forest is the most treasured, judging from the way parks have been set aside. But oak forests can be more interesting and seem more alive with wildlife, more diverse with plants. Willow and sycamore forests love to be close to running water. Patches of maple, buckeye, madrone and bay transport you with their colors and scents.

On the eve of summer, forests like shrublands push out lush new growth. Fresh needles on the conifers, arching twigs unfurling fresh leaves for the oaks. Douglas firs are shedding their male cones and madrones have mostly dropped their flowers – the forest floor littered with millions of these tiny treasures, soon to be composting and unrecognizable.

At night, lions prowl the roads and trails of these forests, hiding in the understory awaiting a passing deer. Mother deer keep their new, spotty fawns well away from the forest, out in the meadows. Herds of bucks wander farther, daring each other to enter forests dark, their heads held high and proud with rapidly growing velvety antlers.

Dawn makes the forest canopy loud with birdsong. Flocks of chickadees and warbling vireos sing along with hundreds of other species, celebrating the new day.

These Things and Us

All of this and so much more is happening in the natural world around us, sometimes despite us. We must never forget to appreciate these things, or if we do we imperil future generations. These things, this life, allows us to live rich and comfortable lives with clean water, clean air, fewer diseases, better managed pests, food…and fiber. Beyond appreciation, we must protect these things, even the woodrats, with our votes, with our donations, with whatever we can give to assure that they thrive for hundreds of years to come.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Friday, June 6, 2025
#157 / Elections Don’t Always Guarantee Democracy

The title of my blog posting today is identical to the title of an opinion column by Joe Mathews, published in the hard copy version of the San Francisco Chronicle that I picked up from my front lawn on January 5, 2025. Online, the headline on Mathews’ column is longer, and goes even further than the title I am displaying above. Mathews’ online title claims that, “Elections don’t always guarantee democracy; in fact they actually hurt.”

Some people might have a hard time with Mathews’ assertion. Many people think that “electing” our political and governmental leaders is what “democracy” is all about. That appears, however, to be something of a misunderstanding. The Encyclopedia Britannica’s discussion of “democracy” doesn’t call out either “elections,” or “voting,” as the key to “democracy”:

Democracy, literally, [means] rule by the people. The term is derived from the Greek demokratia, which was coined from demos (“people”) and kratos (“rule”) in the middle of the 5th century BCE to denote the political systems then existing in some Greek city-states, notably Athens (emphasis added).

Britannica expands on this definitional statement as follows:

Democracy is a system of government in which laws, policies, leadership, and major undertakings of a state or other polity are directly or indirectly decided by the “people,” a group historically constituted by only a minority of the population (e.g., all free adult males in ancient Athens or all sufficiently propertied adult males in 19th-century Britain) but generally understood since the mid-20th century to include all (or nearly all) adult citizens (emphasis added).

If Britannica is right about the definition of “democracy” – and I think it is – the key to “democracy” is actual “rule by the people.” In other words, a “democracy” will exist only when “major undertakings … are directly or indirectly decided by the people.” Voting and elections can play a key role, of course, but they are not what determine whether or not a “democracy” exists. Because this is true, I like to use the term “self-government,” as opposed to “democracy,” because “real” democracy is nothing other than “self-government,” rule bythe people.

When I was on the Board of Supervisors of Santa Cruz County – and was, thus, an elected official myself – I consistently denounced the kind of government characterized by “electing the people, who hire the people, who run our lives for us.” I used that language in an early posting to this blog, as well, way back in 2011. Let me also remind you of how Abraham Lincoln defined the kind of government for which he thought it was worth fighting a Civil War. It was not by using the word “democracy.” Lincoln, in perhaps the greatest political speech ever presented in the course of American history, urged us all to remember that Americans killed each other, and fought and died, so that a government “of the people, by the people, and for the people” would not perish from this earth.

Whenever I quote this statement from Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address, I almost always add that the most important of the three elements that Lincoln names is that our government be “by” the people. “By the people,” literally, means that “we, the people” are directly involved in “all important governmental undertakings.”

If there is a “populist” uprising against our government in the United States today (and lots of people think that there is, and that this populist uprising is what accounts for the election of Donald J. Trump as president last year) then that “populist” rejection of the Democratic Party candidates in the 2024 election reflects some significant dissatisfaction with a government that is not fully satisfying the demand that we have “self-government,” and that our government be “by” the people. Complaints about a supposed “Deep State” are another evidence that many do not think that “we, the people,” are actually in charge.

If, when you think about it, you come to the conclusion that we, the people, are not, in fact, “ruling,” then that conclusion means that “democracy” is imperiled. Self-government is imperiled. The key to changing our situation is to become directly involved in the actual operation of government ourselves. “Voting,” and “elections,” may be tools to help us to that end, but what counts is our personal involvement in the actual “undertakings” carried forward by our government.

A term that we should be thinking of, as we ponder whether retrieving self-government is possible, is what I call “time reallocation.” If you and I, as “the people,” are supposed to be effectively involved in “ruling” ourselves, that is going to take a lot of time and effort. How much time are we allocating to the task today? If all we do is vote, that’s not enough.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

B.B.B., SPEEDING TO THE CLIFF, POPCORN, BRAINS, BILE, HATE

It appears that the honeymoon is over — they’ve made the break-up official — Trump and Musk are kaput! For a few hours there was talk of a reconciliation of sorts, but the president seemed to enjoy the attention he was getting followed by the uptick in his favorability ratings. Plus, Musk was accusing his ex-pal of associating with the late sex offender, Jeffrey Epstein, claiming that Pam Bondi is withholding portions of the Epstein Report because Trump is featured prominently throughout. Despite his denials of any hanky-panky or criminality, the many photographs, news items and his own earlier comments regarding Epstein still cast a cloud of suspicion over his past. Trump obviously was fed up with the most insufferable person in the universe stealing the show from him, so his responses to Musk’s attacks on the ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ brought threats of cancellation of SpaceX and Tesla contracts with the government, prompting Musk’s call for impeachment and elevation of JD Vance to the presidency. The spark for the feud began with Musk decrying passage of the pending budget which increases the federal deficit to an insane figure, as well as the proposed bill not codifying his DOGE tax cuts after he and his team of marauders whacked government agencies to death. Though Musk has suggested starting a third political party to attract “the 80% of the center-leaning voters,” most think that action would be disastrous.

Many DemocratsRo Khanna in particular, have brought up the notion that their party should reach out to the billionaire to counter Trump and his minions — or maybe it’s the money? But as Mike Nellis writes on his Endless Urgency blog on Substack“There’s a massive difference between someone who’s genuinely trying to figure out which party will help them feed their family or retire with dignity, and a corrupt billionaire who dropped $300 million to elect Trump and the Republican Congress simply to buy influence, expand his government contracts, and clear out officials who stand in his way. This isn’t some redemption arc. A ketamine-fueled Twitter meltdown is not a moral awakening. And more importantly, Elon Musk has done real, lasting damage. He’s spread lies that have weakened this country and eroded public trust in its institutions. He’s destroyed lives through reckless DOGE cuts. He’s exposed our private data to God knows who. He is not an ally.” Nellis says he should be nowhere near the Democratic tent, that he doesn’t get to flip sides like a typical opportunistic billionaire anymore, because he’s operated way beyond the pale and would only turn against the party if he doesn’t get his way. Justifiably, Americans complain of the entrenched corruption in Washington which existed before Trump, which he has only been able to amp up with nothing of importance getting accomplished — and nobody being held accountable for rigging the system. So the Democrats should be wary of a driverless Trojan Tesla!

Tesla’s stock price managed to rebound on the Friday following the initial heated online skirmishes, even with the president making known his intention to sell or give away the bright red Tesla he bought (?) from Elon after their White House Car Lot promotion a couple of weeks ago. Politico reported that Trump aides scheduled a call with Musk to cool off the rhetoric, and Trump claimed, “It’s going very well, never done better,” yet the president says he has no plans to speak to Musk himself — too busy with more important things, Bibles to sell, meme coins to promote, planes to refurbish. One Trump aide said, “The president is making it clear: this White House is not beholden to Elon Musk on policy. By attacking the bill the way he did, Musk has clearly picked a side.” Stephen Colbert on ‘The Late Show,’ told his audience that “the thinkable happened” between Musk and Trump, saying, “In an interview on CBS This Sunday, Musk tried to distance himself from Trump,” as he played a video clip of the billionaire saying, “It’s not like I agree with everything the administration does.” Colbert countered with, “Yeah, Musk doesn’t think Trump was right about everything — his hat does,” as he showed the familiar photo of Musk wearing the baseball cap imprinted with ‘Trump Was Right About Everything’ on it. “Now Donald Trump is a Tesla owner who hates Elon Musk? He’s never been more relatable,” Colbert said. Continuing, Colbert speculates, “Apparently, the ketamine has worn off. That’s got to be a hell of a hangover.” Colbert visualizes Musk coming down from his hangover, realizing, “Oh my God, I spent $288 million to elect who? I have how many children?”

Jimmy Kimmel reported that things were quickly turning ugly between ‘the girls,’ as Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez termed the participants of the Trump-Musk fight. “On Friday, Trump gave Elon Musk the key to the White House. And I guess he better change the locks, because today Musk had something very nasty to say about Trump’s ‘big, beautiful bill. Boy, when he’s off ketamine, he is a lot less fun.” To Musk’s complaint that Congress would ‘bankrupt’ the country, Kimmel reality checked Elon with, “Elon, bro, were you not paying attention when Trump said he was gonna run the country like one of his businesses? I’m not sure who to root for. It’s like Diddy versus R. Kelly. For Elon Musk to call this a disgusting abomination is really saying something, because this is the man who created this disgusting abomination,” as he showed a photo of a Tesla Cybertruck. Kimmel says Trump was managing to restrain himself, without lashing out at Musk — probably for 288 million reasons, but it’s only a matter of time. “Between Elon and Melania, Trump now has two foreigners who won’t sleep with him,” he cracked. Jimmy Fallon on ‘The Tonight Show,’ sees the relationship going “off a cliff faster than a self-driving Tesla.”

Seth Meyers on ‘The Late Show,’ pondered why Musk waited so long to make the explosive claim that the Trump/Epstein Files rumors are true, and why he chose to associate with the president if he is a reprehensible pedophile. “Also, if we are to take you at your word Elon: You already knew that and it wasn’t a dealbreaker?” he asks. “Musk thought he was in control, now he’s realizing he’s not and he’s pretty bummed. Man, it’s all so sad. Just last week, Trump gave him a ceremonial golden key he stole from the Pirates of the Caribbean ride at Disneyland.” On The Street Roundtable, investor Mark Cuban commented on the Musk/Trump feud writing, “All I’ll say is that I bought a bunch of popcorn.” Asked if he saw this split coming, he bluntly replied, “Yes.” Michael Cohen, Trump’s former attorney and fixer, put out the word that Musk needs to be alert about incoming retribution from the Trump camp following their bitter exchange of words. “They are going to drop the hammer on him out of nowhere, when he least expects it. That’s the playbook. And, again, this is political guerrilla warfare at the highest level.” From his own experience, he predicts that retaliation will be in the form of personal smears, weaponization of the Justice Department, and targeting the Musk businesses. Cohen believes the clash was inevitable because of the outsized egos of the two. “Elon Musk has massive power, and here’s the problem with that: Trump craves relevance, Musk craves dominance — very big difference — an immovable force trying to smash into something that’s indestructible. This is going to be a war like nobody has seen, maybe in all of history.” The Fixer suggests that Musk is only the latest in a long list of men who wanted to influence Trump by “whispering in his ear,” pointing to Rudy Giuliani and Jared Kushner“It doesn’t end well for anybody. And it’s not going to end well for Elon Musk. You’re never more powerful than the President of the United States. And you’re never richer than the country.”

Podcast co-hosts Jon Favreau and Dan Pfeiffer, on Pod Save America, are speculating that the leak behind the story printed in The New York Times regarding Elon Musk’s drug use may have been initiated by none other than Stephen MillerTrump’s deputy chief of staff. The writing style and a photo of a pillbox with which Musk travels seem to incriminate Miller in the podcasters’ eyes, along with other White House rumors. The relationship between Musk and Miller has always been tense, and with Miller’s wife leaving DOGE to go to work for Musk full-time, along with the Trump/Musk split, it seems a perfect revenge factor for the occasion. Also suspicious is Musk’s unfollowing of Miller on X, at the outset of the big blowup. Pfeiffer joked that perhaps Katie Miller “drafted some of these tweets” for Musk in his battle with the president. ABC News correspondent, Terry Moran, who recently interviewed President Trump in the White House with a heated sit-down conversation, has been suspended by his network for criticizing Stephen Miller in a social media post. “The thing about Stephen Miller is not that he is the brains behind Trumpism. Yes, he is one of the people who conceptualizes the impulses of the Trumpist movement and translates them into policy. But that’s not what’s interesting about Miller. It’s not the brains. It’s bile. Miller is a man who is richly endowed with the capacity for hatred. He’s a world-class hater. You can see this just by looking at him because you can see his hatreds are his spiritual nourishment. He eats his hate. Trump is a world-class hater. But his hatred is only a means to an end, and that end is his own glorification. That’s his spiritual nourishment.”

Moran’s post was immediately followed by posts from White House Secretary Karoline ‘Creepy’ Leavitt and Vice President JD Vance, urging ABC News to hold Moran accountable. So, in a statement to TVLine, a spokesperson said: “ABC News stands for objectivity and impartiality in its news coverage and does not condone subjective personal attacks on others. The post does not reflect the views of ABC News and violated our standards — as a result, Terry Moran has been suspended pending further evaluation.” A 28-year veteran of ABC, Moran is the network’s senior national correspondent, an anchor for ABC’s live streaming service, and is lead for the network coverage of the Supreme Court.

The Washington Post has revealed that during Musk’s time in the White House he was busy laying siege to sensitive government databases, including the ones that handle Social Security. IT staffer, Daniel Berulis, recalls that he detected large data transfers, accompanied by sign-in attempts from Russia, after DOGE took control of the agency’s systems. The DOGE staff insisted that their actions in the system not be tracked, as they chain-sawed their way to slash government jobs and budgets, a request that was supported by both the president and his administration. Musk and his goons transmitted massive amounts of undetected data using a Starlink Wi-Fi terminal that was installed atop the Eisenhower Executive Office Building, which raised concerns of security officials, yet installation was approved and completed with Trump’s blessing. Communicatons officials within the White House were kept out of the loop initially, with DOGEers only intending to “address dead zones” in the White House environs; however, the insiders saw the move as intentionally bypassing systems that track the transmission of data which normally provide names and time stamps. “Starlink doesn’t require anything. It allows you to transmit data without any kind of record or tracking,” said a White House insider. “White House IT systems had very strong controls on network access. You had to be on a full-tunnel VPN at all times. If you are not on the VPN, White House-issued devices can’t connect to the outside. With a Starlink connection, that means White House devices could leave the network and go out through gateways — bypassing security.” Sources are uncertain if the Starlink terminal remains, or if Musk took back all his marbles when he exited the capitol.

MSNBC political analyst, Steve Benen, writes on the MaddowBlog of the East Coast/West Coast militaristic events set in motion by President Trump, the first being the much-criticized parade to fill the streets of DC with military hardware and US Army troops on June 14 — a birthday party for the Army AND Donny. Then, there’s the Trump-ordered California National Guard presence in Los Angeles which Benen’s report prefaces with The Associated Press summary: “Tensions in LA escalated Sunday as thousands of protesters took to the streets in response to President Trump’s extraordinary deployment of the National Guard, blocking off a major freeway and setting self-driving cars on fire as law enforcement used tear gas, rubber bullets and flash bangs to control the crowd. In recent months, federal officials, including Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents, have engaged in overly aggressive and legally dubious tactics while executing the White House’s deportation agenda, sparking a predictable public backlash. As NBC News reported, it was against this backdrop that ICE officers on Friday carried out raids in three locations across the city, where dozens of people were taken into custody.” Governor Newsom condemned the raids, saying, “These are chaotic federal sweeps aiming to fill an arbitrary arrest quota,” and after protests erupted, Trump made his announcement that 2,000 National Guard troops would be called in to quell the protesters. The New York Times reported, “Governors almost always control the deployment of National Guard troops in their states, this being the first time since 1965 that a president has activated a state’s NG force without a request from that state’s governor,” and reminding us that Lyndon Johnson had sent troops to Alabama to protect civil rights demonstrators.

Despite Governor Newsom’s objections to the president’s order, Trump celebrated the “great job” the troops were doing — before the guardsmen had even arrived on the scene, being consistent with The Don’s general approach to reality and truth. Both Newsom and LA Mayor Karen Bass joined in, accusing Trump of “inciting and provoking violence, creating mass chaos, and militarizing cities — the acts of a dictator, not a president.” Border Czar Tom Homan threatened to arrest state and local elected officials, prompting Newsom to dare the czar to give that a try, and signaling that California would be filing a lawsuit against the Trump administration for activating the state’s National Guard. Benen says there’s no reason to believe the situation will improve quickly, and Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth threatens to raise the bar by throwing US Marines into fray. House Speaker Mike Johnson, with his Cheshire Cat smile, opined that active-duty Marines shouldn’t be seen as “heavy-handed.” Trump told reporters that he’s meeting with US military leaders regarding the LA “invasion and occupation,” renewing speculation that the MAGA pack might be preparing to invoke the Insurrection Act. The president also disclosed that he was directing Hegseth, Attorney General Pam Bondi and Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem “to take all such action necessary to liberate Los Angeles from the Migrant Invasion.” Kristi Noem has changed her tune from her time as South Dakota governor, when she announced that if President Biden tried to federalize National Guard troops, it would constitute a “direct attack on states’ rights” and spark a “war” between Washington and GOP-led state governments. Trump’s posted online, “Looking really bad in L.A. BRING IN THE TROOPS!!!” and he later told reporters that he expects to have US troops “everywhere.”

In his New York Times column, David French wrote, “It’s too early to declare a constitutional crisis, and in any case, debating the label we attach to any new event can distract us from focusing fully on the event itself. But each new day brings us fresh evidence of a deeply troubling trend: America is no longer a stable country, and it is growing less stable by the day.” Steve Benen reminds us that presidential candidate Trump in 2024 referred to Americans he disagreed with as “scum,” as he talked about possible deployment of the National Guard or the US military on American soil against those he labeled “the enemy from within.” Benen says, “At the time, it led many to wonder whether Trump, if returned to power, might be will to use — or in this case, abuse — military resources to stifle dissent. Republicans characterized such concerns as hysterical and paranoid. Eight months later, those fears are suddenly relevant anew.”

For the past three months, Andy Borowitz in his The Borowitz Report, has profiled in his Sunday columns ‘Traitor of the Week’ — “snakes who are enabling the fascist Trump regime,” he writes. In a “free and fair election” his subscribers have named Mitch McConnell as ‘America’s Top Traitor,’ and as Andy says, “It was a tough competition,” with Stephen Miller ending up in second place. Mitch McConnell’s disgraceful behavior during the Trump era, “also known as the Fourth Reich,” confirms that Moscow Mitch “would indeed be a worthy replacement for ‘quisling’ in the dictionary.” Borowitz continues: “Before Trump was elected, McConnell had already spent decades doing everything in his power to make the United States unfit for human habitation. Specifically, he worked tirelessly to ensure that as many Americans as possible were killed by guns.” The aftermath of a mass shooting was never the right time to discuss gun legislation — or threaten the profits of the NRA overlords! Andy says, “It was his behavior during Trump’s second impeachment trial clinched his place in the pantheon of American quislings. After Trump incited the insurrection at the US Capitol on January 6, 2021, McConnell said, ‘If this isn’t impeachable, I don’t know what is.’ The House of Representatives heartily agreed, voting to impeach Trump for a historic second time.” McConnell declined to work toward securing votes to convict Trump in the Senate, and even voted to acquit, yet he continued to excoriate the president for being practically and morally responsible for his provocations that day. But Mitch wasn’t done — he endorsed Trump for president in 2024! Borotwitz sees Mitch now being worried about his place in history — “snugly between Benedict Arnold and Judas Iscariot” — so in trying to redeem himself, he voted against Trump cabinet nominees HegsethRFK Jr., and Gabbard, votes which are totally meaningless in light of his vote to acquit Trump. Get your popcorn ready for the eventual tribunal!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Shoelaces

“I quit shoelaces a long time ago.”
~Harry Styles

“I do have a blurred memory of sitting on the stairs and trying over and over again to tie one of my shoelaces, but that is all that comes back to me of school itself.”
~Roald Dahl

“Someone stole my shoelaces once from my shoes. I still wear them and never put laces in them – they’re like my trademark shoes now!”
~Robert Pattinson

“What is wrong with you?’ I shake my head. ‘Pull it together.’ And that’s what it feels like: pulling the different parts of me up and in like a shoelace. I feel suffocated, but at least I feel strong.”
~Veronica Roth

“Historians who stuff in every item of research they have found, every shoelace and telephone call of a biographical subject, are not doing the hard work of selecting and shaping a readable story.”
~Barbara Tuchman

“You know you’re getting old when you stoop to tie your shoelaces and wonder what else you could do while you’re down there.”
~George Burns

...

Sometimes, when you’ve gone down the YouTube rabbit hole, you look back up and wonder, “how on earth did I get here?!” I don’t think I ever thought there’d be tons of videos on neat ways to tie shoelaces, but here we are…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

June 4 – 10, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on development and heritage trees… Steinbruner… small rerun, back next week… Hayes… Avian Enlightenment… Patton… Thinking like the lions… Matlock… a judicial coup…age of the taker…rubber stamp… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… The Moth. Quotes on… “June”

...

PRE-NICKELODEON SITE. This was the Lincoln Bakery back on May 16,1950. The house next door where they now have such an incredible sidewalk garden, was where actress Zasu Pitts lived (she was born in Kansas). The Nick opened July 1, 1969 with Bill Raney at the helm and Roy Rydell as designer.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: June 4, 2025

SWEDISH PASTRIES IN BEN LOMOND. And I’m not the one baking them, Susan Ortmeyer is! I was very excited to find out that there’s a Swedish bakeshop called Fika Bakeshop in Ben Lomond. It’s a small home business, and you can order the goodies from their website, and/or attend one of the popups. In the month of June, there are things happening on Thursdays and Saturdays – see the website for the schedule! I managed to get my hands on the last few pieces available on the Saturday we moved in to the new house. The kardemummabulle (cardamom bun) I had was amazing… it tasted like home! I’d say that’s a sign 🙂

Do go check it out, and tell Susan I sent you! She’s having afternoon fika on the deck on Saturday, June 7 from 1-3pm.

~Webmistress

...

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

...

June 2, 2025

Trees? What Trees?

The speed with which our small town is being torn apart and reconstructed with generic high-rise tenements is breathtaking. And not in the good sense of that word. The ink had barely dried on the council vote for the Downtown Expansion Project with its accompanying Downtown Density Bonus when an online community meeting on Wednesday June 4th at 6pm was announced for a new, eight-story mixed-use project at the site of the current Ace Hardware on Laurel and Front Streets, within the Downtown Expansion zone. It seems the developers are taking advantage of the Downtown Density Bonus that allows them to avoid providing any onsite “affordable” units if the building height is capped at 85 feet. Any “affordable” units can be built by the developer elsewhere or avoided entirely by the developer paying an in lieu fee to the city. Perhaps at the online meeting we will learn where the less affluent will live.

A description of the project suggests the developers are out of sync with what most current residents of Santa Cruz like about their town. The developers write,

With its important location, this project is poised to become a unique landmark and a visual statement to the Santa Cruz urban context. The design seamlessly integrates into the urban setting, offering a bold, metropolitan aesthetic, while maintaining a harmonious relationship with the heritage, character and urban vibe of Santa Cruz.

Their building is hardly unique. From the submitted rendering it looks identical to the new Anton building across the street. I’m not sure how you can simultaneously offer a bold, metropolitan aesthetic and maintain a harmonious relationship with the heritage of Santa Cruz. These are just empty words. Language debased in the service of profit.

Another new development project will be heard this week (or was heard when you read this) at the Planning Commission on Thursday June 5. This one is proposed for a location behind the Clocktower and is a Workbench project. The zoned maximum height at this location is 35 feet. The proposed project is 91 feet. The difference between those two numbers is a measure of the loss of local control over land use decisions with the state calling the shots.

Given the yawning chasm between the zoned height that reflects the will of the community and the state-imposed height that tramples all over it, you would expect that every effort would be made to preserve what little control is left. This raises the issue of the two Coast Redwoods which are on the project site. As you can see from the consulting arborist’s photo above, the two heritage trees are next to the sidewalk. They are described by the arborist as follows:

The pair of redwoods have a nearly identical size, growth habit, and form. Tree T7, (44″), and T8, (40″), are both vigorous trees with dense foliar canopies, and normal amounts of new growth. The trunks show good taper for stability and appear stable.

In order to cut down a heritage tree, city law requires specific criteria to be met. Either the health of the tree warrants removal, or the tree has or is likely to have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of a building, or a construction project design cannot be altered to accommodate existing heritage trees (emphasis added).

Given that the first two criteria don’t apply to these healthy, sound, coast redwoods which are not impacting any structure, the last criterion is the one that needs attention. The trees are next to the sidewalk which makes them good candidates for preservation. However, there are no entries anywhere that suggest a request was made by the city for the developer to provide alternative designs to accommodate the trees. There is no entry where the developer explains why this design and this design alone is necessary and why it cannot be altered. All parties involved, city planning staff, consulting arborist and city arborist have simply rolled over and accepted without any rationale that the design cannot be altered to accommodate the two trees. They came to that conclusion themselves, by just accepting the Workbench design given to them. No questions asked.

The two healthy heritage, liquid ambars on the library, housing, garage Lot 4 site were given the same disinterested, can’t be bothered, nothing of importance here treatment by city staff and ultimately by city council majority. Those two stately trees could have been saved with a slight project design change but will meet the chainsaw within the next few weeks. And they wonder why the community has lost trust.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HEY, THIS MAKES SENSE!

It makes good sense to hold off approving new utility-scale battery energy storage system (BESS) facilities in California until the State Fire Codes are updated this year, and will include new safety requirements for BESS facilities.  But Santa Cruz County and many others like it that are being wooed by the big money behind the outrageously hazardous lithium battery technology industry are being pressured to move fast…at the expense of long-term disasters the likes of Vistra’s Battery Fire in Moss Landing this year.
 
However, AB 434, (Carl DeMaio) and AB 303 (Dawn Addis) make sense in pushing back with a temporary moratorium on new BESS until new State Fire Codes are adopted, and to claw back local jurisdictional discretion over these facilities, while requiring 3,200′ setbacks from schools, residential zones, medical facilities and sensitive environmental areas.

AB303

AB 434

Please write elected representatives and ask that they support AB 303 and AB 434 because they would actually make a difference.  The problem with Senator Laird’s SB38 is that it only adds on more rules that companies simply ignore…with no consequence.  Such is the case with Vistra at Moss Landing.
Assemblymember Dawn Addis
Assemblymember Gail Pellerin
Assemblymember and Speaker Robert Rivas

Finally, write and ask the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors to send letters of support of these two bills: <BoardofSupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING ON SOMETHING YOU CARE ABOUT AND ASK QUESTIONS.
 
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Avian Enlightenment

There are many reasons to develop a deeper relationship with nature and one of the most popular gateways is through birds.

The Bird Curious vs. The Curiously Bird Furious

I understand that there is a faction of our culture which will never be converted into bird lovers or even bird-friendly people. Some may have a general and quite vocal disdain for nature; we all know some of those characters – they sure think they’re funny, don’t they? Others just don’t care or even have phobias of nature. Some may enjoy some aspects of nature but are satisfied with simple, misguided (and again normally vocal), and generalized classification of birds: “tweety birds,” “hawks and eagles,” “trash birds” (crows, ravens, pigeons, and gulls), and “ducks.” I’ve had that classification system proudly explained to me by various people across the USA’s broad geography. This latter group of people may have a few stories about trash birds or hawks but are quickly bored by conversation that lingers long on this subject.

And then there are those many people who are bird curious to varying degrees. Approximately 1 in 3 people aged 16 and older in the US are self-declared bird watchers. That percentage is predicted to continue rising through 2030, surpassing 40% of the nation’s population. Despite their sometimes vocal detractors, these people’s avian interests are not just normal and healthy but also broadly beneficial in many ways.

Birds For Health

Focusing on nature, including birds, has many health benefits. Focusing on birds can put you in a meditative state, leaving behind anxious thoughts and worries. Aldous Huxley’s final novel “Island” presents a semi-autobiographical story about bird songs helping people become more aware of their surroundings, becoming more present and less self-absorbed. The more modern writer Jon Young’s book “What the Robin Knows” presents more direct evidence of the health benefits of birdwatching, including helping overcome anxiety, attention deficit disorder, etc. Mr. Young’s personal teaching has helped many people gain access to these benefits. Beyond birding bringing us better health, birds can also make us safer. Jon Young points out that Apache trackers used bird behavior to alert them to human activities occurring up to a mile away. We have all heard that birds somehow can alert us to impending earthquakes.

Service Birds

Birds also provide for our welfare through the services they provide. In the US’s forests, birds provide $1.4 billion worth of pest control per year. In European apple orchards, birds have been shown to reduce pest damage by 50% (citations for the prior two sentences here). Raptors help control vertebrate pests, such as disease-vectoring rodents. Vultures clean up dead animals, including roadkill. Birds also disperse seeds, helping regenerate areas after wildfire, assisting plant species to survive by migrating in response to climate change.

We The…Bird Helpers

There are many things we can do to help birds, which will further help our own selves. I divide these helpful activities into 1) things we can do at our own homes and with our habits, and 2) what we can do as civic members of a democratic society.

Whether we rent or own, we can better share our homes so that birds benefit. The most common home sharing techniques include providing food or water for birds. While bird food can impact one’s expense accounts, providing water is more affordable. In either case, for net bird benefit one must maintain clean feeding or water areas so as not to spread disease between birds. For those fortunate enough to have an ability to plant areas around one’s home, transitioning those areas into native plant habitat that includes some plants that make seeds, fruit, or flowers for bird food can help make feeding birds more sustainable. Those native plants also will support insect populations that feed the many species of insectivorous birds. We can also help deter birds from dying when they fly into our windows by using paint pens to draw eighth-inch wide, white, vertical lines 4″ apart. Covering windows at night, or just altogether turning off lights during migration helps migratory birds better navigate.

Other near-home bird-friendly behavior includes being careful not to feed the wrong things to the wrong birds. Pet food as well as uncontained trash or compost attracts corvids (crows, ravens, jays), whose numbers increase unnaturally and consequently decrease songbird populations by eating their eggs or babies. Speaking of pets, outdoor housecats are notoriously terrible for birds, killing 2 billion birds each year in the US alone. Keeping cats indoors or in catios is an excellent idea not only for birds but also for cat safety as coyotes increasingly pose a strong risk to beloved pets.

Human Habits

A habit you can cultivate outside of your home is awareness of your impact on birds when you visit parks. Off leash dogs on beaches or in parks disrupt bird feeding and nesting. Recreation in natural areas is disturbing to all wildlife, including birds. I just witnessed a robin being killed by a Cooper’s hawk because it was distracted by a passing human. Shoreline recreation disrupts wading birds from their foraging. People trampling dunes and bird nests in dunes has driven the snowy plover towards extinction. Poor visitor use planning in parks globally is one of the top 10 biggest threats to species, including birds, globally: parks around the Monterey Bay are no exception with not a single park staff person having been trained in co-management of recreation and conservation. There is no monitoring of the impacts of recreation on bird species to inform improved park management.

Avian Advocate Citizens

This last point suggests that there are things we can do as citizens, by our engagement in conservation. Of course, we should always cast our votes for politicians who care about the environment and have concrete proposals for advancing conservation. And, we should talk about those choices with everyone in our networks. We need to let our representatives know that we value conservation of birds. And, for instance right now, when the California legislature considers a budget which further impacts the already too-stretched California Department of Fish and Wildlife, we should all be protesting to our representatives. Question: which of your representatives understand bird conservation and take direct measures to advance that cause?

Resources for Bird Lovers

Finally, I want to provide resources in case you want to take your bird curiosity to the next level. Think about joining a bird conservation and education group like the Audubon Society or the Santa Cruz Bird Club. These groups might link you up to epic birding experiences like:

  • tours of the nationally recognized birding hotspot called the Elkhorn Slough or
  • out onto the ocean for pelagic bird watching or
  • up to the Delta at Statten Island for the fall gathering of thousands of cranes, snow geese, etc.

At this moment of extreme danger for wildlife conservation in general, think about sending funding to the Center for Biological Diversity, the nation’s foremost conservation organization in securing broad-reaching species protections. And last, you might take some time to review a recording about local birds I co-produced with Storey La Montagne for the Rural Bonny Doon Association, at this link.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, June 2, 2025

A guest essay in The New York Times gave me something to think about. The essay was by Carl Safina, who is an American ecologist. Safina’s books and other writings focus on our human relationship with the natural world. The title of Safina’s essay was, “To Take On Trump, Think Like a Lion.” To read Safina’s essay, just click the link (The Times’ paywall protections permitting, of course).

While I am always happy, personally, to read about various ways that concerned citizens might be able to “take on Trump,” my attention was actually captured not by Safina’s political suggestions, but rather by his description of the behavior of a pride of lions, who were out to grab dinner by way of hunting down, and then eating, a zebra or two:

One late afternoon long ago at the Ngorongoro Crater in Tanzania, I was with a group of birders when we located a pride of sleeping lions. As evening approached, they yawned big-fanged yawns and slowly roused. About 10 in total, scarred veterans and prime young hunters.

It was time for them to hunt. But first they licked one another, pressed bodies and indulged in much face rubbing. They reaffirmed: “Yes, we are together. We remain as one.” Only then did they set off.

Their tawny bodies flowed up into the tall golden grass along the ridge of a low hill. One sat; the others kept walking. Ten yards on, another sat while the others walked. And so on until the ridge was lined with a hidden picket fence of hungry lions all attentively gazing onto a plain where a herd of unsuspecting zebras grazed. Then one, who’d remained standing, poured herself downhill. Her job was to spook the zebras into running uphill, directly into her veteran sisters and their spry younger hunters.

Rubbing noses does not catch a zebra. But only after the lions rubbed noses and reaffirmed a shared identity were the zebras in any danger. Those lions showed me that a sense of community is a prerequisite for coordinated strategy. They did not succeed in that hunt. But they would try again. Failure, these lions had learned, is necessary for success (emphasis added).

Now, finding out that lions operate on the basis that “we’re in this together,” gave me a great deal of satisfaction. That, of course, is exactly what I say about how our system of self-government is designed to work. I also liked hearing about those friendly “face rubs,” and the other behavior that indicated that a deep personal friendship underlay the lions’ efforts to survive, and to thrive. Again, my “find some friends” admonition is really based on my understanding that this kind of friend relationship is what we need, too, to succeed in accomplishing almost anything.

Lions, it appears, are not the exemplars of “individualism” that many, probably, think they are. Lions operate, and are ultimately successful, only on the basis of their collective action, founded on friendship, and expressed through their action in small groups. If I am getting Safina’s message right (and I think I am), a better title for his essay might emphasize the “collective” nature of what lions do, and not imply that it’s the individual lion that plays the most important role.

In other words, I’d suggest a new title for Safina’s essay: “To Take On Trump, Think Like The Lions.” Emphasizing joint and collective efforts, not individual efforts, is how to steer us towards political success: (1) Find some friends; (2) Create a group: (3) Act. To be clear, steps (1) and (2) could come in reverse order. It’s that idea of getting together with others, who are united in friendship, that establishes the basis for successful political (and other action).

As I say, I really liked what Safna said. Think Like The Lions. 

We are in this together, friends! Hear US roar!!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
CORRUPTION ORGY, VICTIM CARD, RAPID UNSCHEDULED DISASSEMBLY

The date’s just around the corner in case you need to mark your calendars — June 14, which is Trump’s birthday — plus the massive DC military parade he has scheduled in his own honor to mark his 79th year. Oh sure, it’s the 250th anniversary of the US Army but it won’t be about honoring the values that define that branch of service — it’s simply about glorifying The Man in the gold lamé uniform. Trump attempted a similar display in 2018, supposedly to honor Veteran’s Day, but forceful public backlash swamped that effort when cooler heads in the administration prevailed. Sunny Hostin on The View expressed his opinion against our Bone Spur Dictator, saying, “I don’t think people are going to be supportive of this…I think it’s a distasteful display for our armed services because they aren’t about pomp and circumstance. They’re about discipline, pride, service, things like that.” Co-host Whoopi Goldberg spoke against the frivolous, internationally provocative, waste of taxpayer money, adding, “Are you still taking my tax money? If you’re gonna take my tax money, throw my money towards the veterans, rehiring them, I don’t want to pay for your birthday party.” A display of military might to recognize a would-be king is a sure hallmark of an autocratic regime, not a democracy showing respect to those in uniform, where we stand up for the principles they defend, and their loyalty toward the Constitution, not to a narcissistic man-child who deserves total disdain.
Satirist Andy Borowitz wrote his ambitious scenario for the birthday parade: “Donald J Trump’s plan to hold a military parade on his birthday imploded on Thursday when he was unable to produce an authentic birth certificate. Though White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt downplayed the missing document as an ‘administrative error,’ the Joint Chiefs of Staff disagreed, stating, ‘Without a birth certificate, we have no evidence of when or where President Trump was born.’ Trump reportedly begged his wife, Melania, to swear under oath that he was born on June 14, but she refused, telling him, ‘You never remember my birthday.’ The birth certificate controversy drew strong reactions across the political spectrum, including former President Barack Obama, who exclaimed, ‘I knew it.'”

Press secretary Leavitt was given a new monicker last week, ‘Creepy Karoline,’ by a former Trump White House lawyer, when she accused the three judges on the Court of International Trade of “undermining the US on the world stage,” as the court dismissed Trump’s illegal tariff rulings. Lawyer Ty Cobb, on CNN, took a jab at “Creepy” and let fly at the president, calling him a “ranting wounded narcissist.” Congress has had the tariff power for almost fifty years, with the seated president being able to exercise that duty only in a national emergency, therefore the three-member court ruled unanimously that Trump had exceeded his authority in levying tariffs — the first to attempt this. This action, of course, riled the president and his MAGA team, sending “Creepy” to the briefing room to attack the “activist judges” who “railroaded sensitive diplomatic or trade negotiations.” Cobb responded to the on/off tariff policies against random countries that the president has no clue about, by saying, “I don’t think “Creepy Karoline”, when she speaks…I don’t think anybody in America takes her seriously on a matter of substance. She is not learned by any imagination.” He also pointed out that one of the judges, conservative Tim Reif, is a Trump appointee, a highly regarded expert on trade law, who likely is respected by several on the Supreme Court, where the ruling may end up. Conservative activist Leonard Leo, formerly head of the Federalist Society, and a sugar-daddy to a couple of unnamed Supreme Court justices, was instrumental in recommending Reif and other judges who Trump appointed to their posts. But now, Leo is in Trump’s view, “a sleazebag, a bad person who, in his own way, probably hates America,” as he posted to Truth Social. Didn’t we try to tell him that very thing, many bribes ago? Trump had best watch his step, since Leo is also close with Supreme Court Justices BarrettGorsuch, and Cavanaugh, so his mouth, and his tiny typing fingers, will only make for a rockier path.

As Michael Tomasky writes in The New RepublicTrump was given a temporary win when a federal appeals court stayed the International Court of Trade’s decision regarding his illegal imposition of tariffs, a stay granted on an administrative basis only. Another Trump setback resulted when a federal judge ruled that Harvard University can continue admitting foreign students for now, in overruling yet another of the administration’s efforts to derail the university by forbidding foreign enrollees, a nakedly ideological, authoritarian attack. Tomasky says, “The administration is losing these cases for a simple reason: They’re breaking the damn law. They’re invoking old and obscure laws and insisting that they confer upon them the authority to do things they don’t have the authority to do. They’re trying to stretch other laws and regulations to suit their authoritarian purposes. In other words, these initiatives and the way the Trump administration is going about them — using the 1798 Alien Enemies Act as ostensible legal cover for obviously illegal deportations — are part of a larger plan…they’re all just smaller parts of a broader assault on the rule of law itself. They’re pieces of a puzzle, and the puzzle, once filled in, will show a Republican-dominated legislative branch that has willingly conceded most of its authority, a judicial branch that has been stripped of its own, and a unitary executive — King Donald — with all the power in his hands. So Stephen Miller is right, in a way. There is a judicial coup going on in this country. It’s just that it’s being waged by Trump, Miller, and their gang of rogues against the judges, not the other way around.”

The People for the American Way website says that Federal courts have been doing what they are supposed to do: interpreting the law, enforcing the Constitution, and acting as a check on presidential power — which isn’t going over well with Trump. A study for the month of May reveals rulings against the Trump administration stand at a 96% loss rate — 26 out of 27 cases, the rule of law in action! The opposition to administration positions came roughly equally from judges appointed by both Republican and Democratic presidents, exhibiting the extremes and the unlawfulness of the Trump agenda. Rather than adjusting course, the MAGA crowd in Congress are attempting to break the courts entirely as seen in the latest version of the House budget bill, by slipping in a provision to limit judges’ ability to hold administration officials in contempt when they violate court orders, a direct, calculated attack on judicial independence. Trump has even reposted someone’s suggestion that he release terrorists near the homes of Supreme Court justices who have ruled against him. Not merely rhetoric, but a coordinated attempt to delegitimize and intimidate any court that refuses to rubber stamp his pronouncements. He doesn’t want impartial legal minds — only legal enforcers, collaborators to advance his agenda and shield him from accountability. No guardians of justice needed for the gates!

NBC is reporting that National Intelligence Director Tulsi Gabbard is asking for help from Trump’s staff and from former intel officials, about how to get the president’s attention directed towards weighty matters. He is well-known for delving into inconsequential subjects that grate on him, quick to criticize and insult others on trivia that shouldn’t concern the ‘leader’ of the free world, and to divert the attention of the electorate from the destructiveness of the administration. One insider admits that not only is Trump disinterested in the President’s Daily Brief — “he doesn’t read. He’s on broadcast all the time.” Gabbard wants to take steps to tailor the briefing, which is a written digital document with photos, to the presidents’s interests and habits, some suggesting that it look and feel like a Fox News broadcast! Should this plan be implemented, a Fox News producer would be brought in with a network personality’s presentation, which could include graphics, pictures, and maps, and animated features similar to a video game. And perhaps, a pacifier, bunny slippers, a Happy Meal, and a blankie?

With his time in Washington drawing to a close, Elon Musk played his incredibly pathetic victim card, by lashing out at President Trump’s attempt to make him the administration’s go-to-scapegoat, saying, “DOGE is just becoming the whipping boy for everything.” As Musk told The Washington Post“So, like, something bad would happen anywhere, and we would get blamed for it even if we had nothing to do with it.” As if ketamine-cavorting on the stage with a chain saw is viewed as a completely normal, adult action, Elon? As asked on the odactionnews.com website, “If he really believed bankrolling Trump’s return to the White House would buy him the wannabe dictator’s loyalty, then perhaps he’s not nearly the genius he desperately wants us all to think he is?” This shift in the billionaire’s tone follows the backlash over the massive federal layoffs and firings, and a disastrous first quarter for Tesla sales, as he retreats from his West Wing post. Though Musk has seemingly exited as a DOGE honcho, he says he would like to modernize the broken computer systems within the federal government. In a CBS Sunday Morning interview, he told David Pogue he was disappointed in Trump’s ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ which saw narrow approval in the House. He whined, “You know, I was like, disappointed to see the massive spending bill, frankly, which increases the budget deficit, not decrease it, and undermines the work the DOGE team is doing,” adding, “I think a bill can be big or it can be beautiful. But I don’t know if it can be both. My personal opinion.” No mention of his vanity project in  SpaceX’s Starship rocket which blew up in flight on the third attempt to achieve orbit, showering the debris of Musk’s ego over the Caribbean — the “rapid unscheduled disassembly” termed “an improvement” to sate the US taxpayers whose wallets are being depleted.

As Dan Rather writes on his ‘Steady’ blog, “All the money in the world couldn’t rescue Elon Musk from Washington politics. The Beltway bunch made their decision: ‘Enough!’ they said. And just like that, Musk is relegated to the end of the receiving line. As Harry Truman once quipped of Washington, ‘If you want a friend, get a dog.'” Rather says that all that cash to help elect the president, yet the MAGA faithful can’t hide the most important numbers: approval ratings. Musk’s are terrible — worse than Trump’s, if you can believe that — and Musk’s stench is rubbing off on his former “first buddy.” During his four-month tenure, Musk quickly became one of the most disliked unelected officials ever, but the nail in his political coffin was hammered in earlier April after he had invested $20 million in the campaign to elect a Republican-backed Wisconsin Supreme Court judge who lost by double digits. MAGA will take his money, but now he’s a loser in Trump World who, as Rather says, “…is devoting his time and money to keeping his rockets in the air and his car business afloat.” Sure! With the $38 billion in US government funding toward his contracts, loans, subsidies, and tax credits, according to The Washington Post. Rather concludes with, “You’re welcome, Elon.”

Steve Schmidt continues his barrage on ‘The Warning’ against the MAGA regime, picking up Senator Elizabeth Warren’s phrase “orgy of corruption” to describe Trump’s Bitcoin dinner at his Virginia golf club a couple of weeks ago. Schmidt adds to her context by describing Trump as America’s Nero merged with Caligula, as King Donald expands his belief that he and his cronies have a license to break the law and steal. Business Insider reports: The official backers of Trump’s meme coin, $Trump, are hosting a gala at the president’s DC-area private golf club. The top 220 holders of the digital token were invited to join the president. On average they spent over $1 million on the coin to secure a seat according to NBC News, and the lucky ones spent $394 million on the coin, per research conducted by blockchain analytics company Nansen. Criticism from congressional Democrats and government ethics organizations clashed with White House defense spokesperson Anna Kelly who said, “The president is working to secure GOOD deals for the American people, not for himself. President Trump only acts in the best interests of the American public — which is why they overwhelmingly re-elected him to this office, despite years of lies and false accusations against him and his businesses from the fake news media.” Cost for each attendee varies, with each of the top seven spending more than $10 million and those spending less than $100,000 filling the 24 cheap seats. With his $20 million investment, Chinese billionaire Justin Sun, is the top holder of Trump’s meme coin, and he was “awarded” a Trump Golden Tourbillon watch by the president, valued at $100,000. Sun founded the cryptocurrency, Tron, and also has some investments in the Trump Crime Family’s crypto project, World Liberty Financial. Under President Biden, the Securities and Exchange Commission charged Sun with fraud and market manipulation, but last February after his investing in WLF, the SEC miraculously asked the court to pause the lawsuit.

Schmidt says, “Donald Trump is engorging himself like a locust. He is selling out America to a bevy of Arab and Chinese billionaires, while chaining America’s billionaires to his throne with leashes that let them partake in the taking — so long as they stay quiet and in line. The appeasement of Trump’s corruption and aggressions has become table stakes in the new American economy, where the free enterprise system is being replace by a gangster economy where the rule of law and transparency fade to black. There is economic misery ahead for the American people, and crazy Donald doesn’t care.” Schmidt points out the sad truth, writing that after over 120 days of chaos, incompetence, corruption, cruelty, betrayal and idiocies of unprecedented magnitude, MAGA and Trump remain more trusted than Democrats; nothing seems like it is on the level because nothing is — the great tragedy of 21st century America. “Donald Trump is a rotten man who leads a rotten movement that has assembled a rotten government that practices arson by day and malice by night. The simple truth of this moment is clear as day. We live in the age of the taker, and soon there won’t be much left to take,” he concludes.

Odactionnews.com reports that “the hallowed halls of Congress will soon have a new World’s Dumbest American Senator as Alabama knuckle dragger and man who once argued white nationalism isn’t actually racist at all really,” formally announced his plans to leave the upper chamber and run for governor of his state. Tommy Tuberville as a governor represents “one small step for a simpleton, one giant leap backwards for Alabamakind.” He declared on Fox News, “Today, I announce that I will be the future Governor of the great state of Alabama,” which was quickly followed by the launch of his campaign website. One complication he will have to overcome is his state of Florida residency, requiring that he move back home. Tuberville said, “I’ve still got eighteen months to go with President Trump to make America great again. We’ve got a lot of work to do, but I’m going to help this country and help the great state of Alabama. I’m a football coach. I’m a leader. I’m a builder. I’m a recruiter and we’re going to grow Alabama.” A first-term senator, and a longtime college football coach for Auburn University, Tuberville remarked, “Either way, I’m looking at where I can help the people of Alabama the most. At the end of the day, a job’s a job. It’s like coaching — I always looked at the job as what does it need? Can you help fix it? Can you make it better? It’s a different level, with Trump sending more money and more power back to the states. It gives you a better advantage.” The dim-witted senator will be remembered for placing a hold on all 450 military promotions in 2023 over the Pentagon’s previous policy of allowing service members to be reimbursed for travel to receive abortion care following the Dobbs decision which overturned Roe v. Wade. He finally relented after holding out for ten months due to political pressure from his own party, though nothing changed at the time in the Defense Department. The New Republic reminds us that he lied about his father getting five bronze stars in WW1, and tried to goad Trump into taking back the Panama Canal, as well as spreading vaccine misinformation in defense of HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. As Malcolm Ferguson writes, “The upcoming gubernatorial campaign is sure to provide more classic, alarmingly ignorant moments from Coach Tuberville.”

Talk about shameless, gaffe-ridden loyalty to Trump and the MAGA horde, Dan Rather says Senator Joni Ernst must have missed the memo from above that GOP lawmakers should avoid holding town hall meetings only to get taken down by the electorate who won’t bend to politicians trying to spin the unspinnable. Ernst likely thought a 7:30 a.m. scheduling would be too early for her constituents to show up, but that was only her first mistake. As she tried to explain the cuts to Medicaid from Trumps ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ one attendee yelled, “People will die!” The senator dismissed the declaration with, “Well, we are all going to die,” prompting a loud chorus of jeering. Trying to settle the crowd, her folksy, “Oh, for heaven’s sake, folks,” not only didn’t work, her original repudiation toward the audience member grew legs and spurred commentary across the country. The Des Moines Register, hardly a liberal publication, printed her “Well, we are all going to die,” quote as a large font, all-caps headline after her town hall. Democratic Senator Chris Murphy of Connecticut said that her constituents would rather die in old age, instead of dying at 40, because losing health care risks an early death. Nathan Sage, a former Marine who served two tours in Iraq, said, “It was a jaw-dropping moment. How the hell can you say something like that? The crowd was already hot. She was there to answer questions and get out. It showed she doesn’t care about us.” Rather says it appears she just cares about Trump. She initially opposed the nomination of Pete Hegseth as secretary of defense, but eventually caved to the president’s pressure campaign; otherwise, she has been lockstep loyal to Trump — which is not playing well currently in deep-red Iowa.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

June

“There are two seasons in Scotland: June and Winter. Billy Connolly And what is so rare as a day in June? Then, if ever, come perfect days.”
~James Russell Lowell

“In June as many as a dozen species may burst their buds on a single day. No man can heed all of these anniversaries; no man can ignore all of them.”
~Aldo Leopold

“What do I miss about the UK? Sadly, almost nothing. Maybe the midnight sun, in June in the north. That’s all.”
~Lee Child

“There’s something I love about how stark the contrast is between January and June in Sweden.”
~Bill Skarsgard

“You always feel like your 18-year-old self in some sense. And that’s what walking through New York on a June evening feels like – you feel like it’s Friday, and you’re 17 years old.”
~John Darnielle

...

I have been watching/listening to a LOT of The Moth lately. If you are not familiar, it is people telling stories. As they themselves more formally put it on their website, “The Moth is a nonprofit organization that celebrates the commonality and diversity of human experience through the art and craft of true, personal storytelling.” Go ahead and check them out!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

May 28 – June 3, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… BESS, Park in Aptos? … Hayes… Civilization… Patton… What’s a Bureaucrat to do?… Matlock… back off…shut up…fade to black…sir… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… microclimate diversity… Quotes on… “Trees”

...

HISTORIC OCTAGON HALL OF RECORDS and OUR ORIGINAL COURT HOUSE (AFTER 1882). This beautiful, stately, two-floor masterpiece was our first County Court House, built in 1867 and burned down in 1894. Next door and on the left was, and still is, the Octagon. Back then it was the official Hall of records, and since, it has been various food establishments, currently part of the food court at Abbott Square.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: May 28, 2025

CLIMATE SHOCK So, for the last ten years, I’ve been living in Aptos. Hidden Beach was a ten minute walk, and I could hear the waves from my house at night. I would usually dress too warmly, because my bedroom was always cold. Now, starting this weekend, I’ll be up among the trees in Ben Lomond. I asked Alexa this morning what the weather was like, and she claimed, “mostly sunny skies with a high of 70 degrees” etc etc. I then asked her about the weather in Ben Lomond, and got back, “sunny with a high of 95 degrees”! Holy cow, I guess we’re not in Kansas anymore! 😀 Santa Cruz County’s diversity in microclimates truly blows me away… I’ll let you know how I’m handling the heat!

Have a great weekend!

~Webmistress

...

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back net week!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HEY, THIS MAKES SENSE!

It makes good sense to hold off approving new utility-scale battery energy storage system (BESS) facilities in California until the State Fire Codes are updated this year, and will include new safety requirements for BESS facilities.  But Santa Cruz County and many others like it that are being wooed by the big money behind the outrageously hazardous lithium battery technology industry are being pressured to move fast…at the expense of long-term disasters the likes of Vistra’s Battery Fire in Moss Landing this year.
 
However, AB 434, (Carl DeMaio) and AB 303 (Dawn Addis) make sense in pushing back with a temporary moratorium on new BESS until new State Fire Codes are adopted, and to claw back local jurisdictional discretion over these facilities, while requiring 3,200′ setbacks from schools, residential zones, medical facilities and sensitive environmental areas.

AB303

AB 434

Please write elected representatives and ask that they support AB 303 and AB 434 because they would actually make a difference.  The problem with Senator Laird’s SB38 is that it only adds on more rules that companies simply ignore…with no consequence.  Such is the case with Vistra at Moss Landing.
Assemblymember Dawn Addis
Assemblymember Gail Pellerin
Assemblymember and Speaker Robert Rivas

Finally, write and ask the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors to send letters of support of these two bills: <BoardofSupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

COUNTY REJECTS PARK PARCEL IN APTOS VILLAGE PROJECT
The Aptos Village Project Phase ii is nearly complete, but what about the park parcel that Swenson dangled in front of the County to justify not paying any developer park fees ($1,000/bedroom) and to get free easement to trench across the Aptos Village Park lawn for a large stormwater drain pipe, dumping parking lot effluent into Aptos Creek?
 
I wrote Mr. Jeff Gaffney, Director of County Parks, to ask the status of that Park Parcel, and how it would be used to satisfy the Condition of Project Approval to create an active recreation area.  The Planning Commission required this, to compensate for the destruction of the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps.
 
Here is Mr. Gaffney’s reply:

“Aptos Village LLC irrevocably offered to dedicate a parcel as open space to the County in lieu of paying park impact fees. This agreement was negotiated between former CAO Susan Mauriello and Aptos Village LLC,  before my tenure here and at a time when the Parks department had been dissolved. By 2019 and after County Parks was once again a stand alone agency it was determined that the parcel had no open space benefits for the community and would instead become a significant liability for the County to maintain.

AS a result, when the parcel map was approved by the Board of Supervisors (BOS) in January 2020, the BOS rejected the Offer to Dedicate (OTD) (see page 1 of attached parcel map). The development permit conditions (attached, see pages 4-5) stipulate that the developer offer the parcel to the County, but do not require the County to accept the parcel. The OTD satisfies the permit conditions and the County is not obligated to accept the OTD.  
 
The Parks Department will not be assuming management of this property nor the associated liabilities.”

I still have questions….

• Who determined in 2020 that the park parcel had no potential open space benefit to the Community?  Were there any public meetings to allow Community input?  
 
• Was Swenson Builders required to post a performance bond for the appraised value of the parcel? County Assessor records show the appraised value for taxes is $733,277.
 
• The Condition of Approval on pages 4-5 state that after five years, the County could extend acceptance of the park dedication.  Is this what happened in 2020?  
 
• If the County rejected ownership of the park parcel in 2020, why didn’t County Parks assess a drainage easement through Aptos Village Park to help offset the significant damage caused to that Park’s irrigation system by the drain pipe installation in 2024?
 
• How is the Aptos Village Project Condition of Approval to provide active recreational space now going to be met?  Will Swenson Builder be required to provide active recreation in another area, perhaps developing land that the County already owns?
 
• Finally, since the County has seemingly rejected taking ownership of the park parcel, who in fact now owns the parcel, and who will assume weed abatement for fire risk reduction?

 
I am still waiting for Mr. Gaffney’s reply.

Below is a photo of the hillside Park Parcel…No archaeologist on duty during excavation in the known Native American site, even though it is required that there is one present during excavation and earth moving.



Visibility and public safety on Aptos Creek Road are impaired.
 
Please ask Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa why she appointed former Swenson VP Jesse Nickell to the Planning Commission…even though he lives in the City of Santa Cruz (District 3). kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov

 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING ON SOMETHING YOU CARE ABOUT AND ASK QUESTIONS.
 
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Civilization

“Premise One: Civilization is not and can never be sustainable. This is especially true for industrial civilization.”

“Premise Two: Traditional communities do not often voluntarily give up or sell the resources on which their communities are based until their communities have been destroyed. They also do not willingly allow their landbases to be damaged so that other resources – gold, oil, and so on – can be extracted. It follows that those who want the resources will do what they can to destroy traditional communities.”

  • Derrick Jensen “Endgame” volume II, Resistance.

Derrick Jensen’s Endgame volumes are, to me, the most important pieces of environmental writing of our time. I hope you take the time to read them.

“Sustainability” is a word that is important to consider. Your relationship to that concept is something I hope you are working out. The idea is that what you take gets replaced in a way that doesn’t harm humans, non-humans, or the environment in general, and the things you produce do the same. To pursue these ideas, one must at every purchase ask difficult questions. One must also inquire about our trash, emissions, ideas, means of making an income, relationships, etc. Do we make the best choices, are we moving in the right direction? Each day, are we improving our sustainability or degrading it from our own personal choices and the choices made by those we elect to represent us?

I understand the criticisms of the concept, the difficulty of measuring such things. Those I’ve encountered who raise those arguments the most are the ones most likely to throw aluminum cans in the garbage, abuse others in their self-centered relationships, and generally see the world as a dog-eat-dog fight for their own betterment without consideration of the potential to affect future generations. Otherwise, many of us more thoughtful people want to know things like is ‘organic’ food certification more sustainable than conventionally produced agricultural products? Or, are paper or wood products with the Forest Stewardship Council logo really that much more sustainable? And even, is ‘Shade Grown’ coffee truly conserving tropical bird species? These types of questions can be answered, it just takes time to research the peer-reviewed literature. And, if one were to find questionable outcomes of that review, it takes only the slightest bit more effort to raise the issue with people that might help improve the situation.

Jensen’s Premise One shouldn’t be considered as an argument to avoid making our lives more sustainable, rather it should help us to consider the problem of civilization as a whole. What is civilization and do we enjoy it? I have heard people refer to the polarity between civilization and barbarism, as if the two were inalienable opposites of the human situation. This false notion plays out in media constantly, an argument against government reform as if what we have collectively created is good and well and any redesign threatens to send us towards barbarism. Statements like “Make America Somalia Again” resonate, making people chuckle. Really, though, civilization is about separating people from nature, altering ecology for short-term creature comforts, harvesting Earth’s riches broadly, depositing that production in subhuman consumption areas, and jettisoning any byproducts into sacrifice zones. In short, civilization takes more than it gives, by its very nature.

As communities settle into places, they come to realize the conundrum of civilization and start to reign in their impacts. Traditional communities, having been ensconced in place for hundreds of generations, have taken this relationship farther than any other types of more recently settled communities. Jensen points out that traditional communities are likely to reject proposals that negatively impact their “landbases.” I would add that even more recently settled people will find it natural to awaken to this attitude.

Hopefully, many readers align themselves towards being more ‘aware’ of environmental issues and are willing to steward that notion with actions. Let’s take Jensen’s second premise personally and ask ourselves if there are resources “on which our community is based” that are being sold or otherwise taken from us without our consent. We could ask that about water. We might ask that about peace, and we should definitely ask that about the soil itself, for food’s sake. In every case, I suspect such things are being taken without anyone asking us for our consent. The antidote to such things is the strengthening of community so that together we can protect what is ours, the things that will keep our community vital for generations to come. Where is that movement? What is preventing such things?

I hope you will reconsider your relationship with civilization and take daily steps to remove yourself further from that entrapment. This is good for you, your community, and for the Earth.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, May 27, 2025

The picture, above, comes from an online article, dated in 2012, which carried the following, provoking title: “Hang The Last Bureaucrat?” The author, whose name is undisclosed, is writing from a “far-left” perspective. The website from which I retrieved the article (and the picture) is identified as follows: “M-L-M MAYHEM! – Marxist-Leninist-Maoist Reflections.” The title of the article is explained as follows:

Perhaps the most famous piece of graffiti from the May 1968 uprising in Paris was the aphorism “humanity won’t be happy until the last capitalist is hung with the guts of the last bureaucrat.” Here was the statement that equated capitalism with bureaucracy, a slogan for the angry rebels building barricades in the streets that felt almost as vital as the most important May 1968 slogan, “demand the impossible.” And all of us who have been inspired, most probably in our student youth, by May 1968 are usually aware of this violent demand to strangle capitalists with the viscera of bureaucrats.

Even the unnamed Marxist-Leninist-Maoist writer responsible for the article I am referencing notes that bureaucrats may actually be needed – hence the question mark appended to the end of the title. Hang the bureaucrats? Maybe not!

A second article about bureaucracy – not from a Marxist-Leninist-Maoist perspective – also employed a question mark at the end of the title: “What’s A Bureaucrat To Do?” That second article was originally written in 2016, by Stephen G. Harding, an adjunct professor in the master of public policy and administration program at Northwestern University. I have reprinted Harding’s article in full at the end of this blog posting.

Given what the president and his henchmen are doing, waging war on the so-called “Deep State,” attacks on “bureaucrats” are back in season – and from all sides. It turns out that the author of the second article, professsor Harding, pretty much shares the perspective of the unnamed Marxist-Leninist-Maoist author of the first article. From whatever direction we approach “bureaucracy,” we end up with the same mixed feelings. We may not like those bureaucrats very much, and what they’re doing, but maybe we do need them, after all. Given what is going on in government today, Harding recently recirculated his article, which is how I came across it. Harding felt, clearly, that it was time to raise his question again: “What’s a bureaucrat to do?”

Let’s think about that!

If we do think about that question, as posed by the professor, it seems to me that any honest contemplation leads us back to the real question. It’s not what the “bureaucrats” should do (they already have their directions), it’s what we should do. We need to title our inquiry this way: “Bureaucracy, What Should We Do?”

Self-government requires “we, the people,” to be in charge of the government. If we are going to govern by employing people to carry out work on our behalf (those “bureaucrats”) then we need to know what’s happening, and stay on top of those people who do wield such immense power over the programs that they undertake on our behalf, and at our direction.

We could set up a system that would much more directly involve members of the public in the operation of the “bureaucracy” that is supposed to be carrying out our own aims and ambitions. Fact is, mostly, we don’t have a clue.

Do we blame the “bureaucrats” for that? That’s not really fair, as the outrageous actions of Mr. Musk and his “doggy” deputees have demonstrated.

I haven’t forgotten that Michael Jackson song I have mentioned in this blog before, and I haven’t forgotten the impression that it made on me. Strictly speaking, Jackson’s song is not about “bureaucracy.” However, it is about our failure to achieve the kind of society we want, and to assign blame for that failure. When we don’t like what’s going on – if we actually honor the idea that we are a “self-governing” people – we need to take a look in that Michael Jackson mirror.

If our bureaucrats are failing us, we don’t “hang” them. And we don’t ask them, the “bureaucrats,” to solve the problems that we have created by our own lack of governmental direction and supervision.

Here is what we do. We get engaged, and give our governmental employees (those “bureaucrats”) directions that will satisfy us. “We, the people,” the people who are paying the bills and who are having to follow the rules that the “bureaucrats” are employing to achieve the goals that we have told them we want to achieve, need actually to be in charge of those “bureaucrats.” What the Musk-Trump efforts are doing is, most emphatically, NOT putting the people in charge of the government. What those billionaire buddies are doing is stripping away our efforts at self-government, and arrogating all our power to themselves.

More public involvement, not denunciations of the so-called “bureaucrats,” and not a sense of despondent defeatism, is what is required.

And that is not impossible, either!

oooOOOooo
What’s a Bureaucrat To Do?

The views expressed are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of ASPA as an organization.

By Stephen G. Harding
December 6, 2016

It’s no surprise that the governed seem none too happy with their government. Of course, this attitude is not new given an American brand of democratic angst has historically been woven into our collective DNA. Yet this contemporary rancor runs uncomfortably high. The corners of society are making it abundantly clear of their fragmented, yet almost universal, unhappiness with something more than national politics.

Populism notwithstanding, it can be argued that another causation of the national dissatisfaction points to the country’s discord with governmental bureaucracy itself. There exists a perception that an untouchable, uncaring, unresponsive, power centered system of government is partially culpable for this very visible anger. Not that the nonelected face of government has not been called out before, it is still disconcerting when elected officials, such as the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Paul Ryan state:

“We’re restoring accountability to the federal government. When we say ‘drain the swamp’ that means stop giving all this power to unelected people to micromanage our society, our economy and our lives.”

It would be naïve for state and local officials to think this attitude ends at the federal level. With a focus on data driven managerial efficiencies and performance-based measurement, governmental agencies are still pressed to meet the oftentimes conflicting expectations of elected officials, let alone the competing interests of a socio-economic diverse and stratified society. This suggests that bureaucracy’s focus on perfecting the rules and methodologies of governance does not address or satisfy the democratic needs of the people.

Images of Concern?

Maybe a line from the film “Gladiator” will help the analysis. In his role as Senator Gaius Tiberius Gracchus, Derek Jacobi states:

“I don’t pretend to be a man of the people. But I do try to be a man for the people.”

This quote, even with its seemingly good intentions, implies a sense of superiority and an acknowledged separation between government and the governed. There are numerous thoughts and inferences that can be made from this statement. Here are just a few:

(A) With some clear exceptions, rule-driven governmental bureaucracies tend to display a somewhat superficial interest in the individual and common needs and motivations of their constituents.

(B)  Outside the confines of its own organizational interests, government has a tendency to lack an intrinsic understanding of: (1) the public’s need to maximize individualism and self-governance; (2) the need to minimize external control; (3) the importance of society’s egalitarian notion of fairness that transcends programmatic efficiency, fiscal responsibility, and even adherence to the law; and (3) society’s need to itself induce public discourse.

(C) With the government/governed divide comes the notion of elitism. In his 1979 text, “The Culture of Narcissism-American Life in An Age of Diminishing Expectations,” Christopher Lasch declared the managerial and professional elite as a paternalistic ruling class. This is partially evidenced when community dialog is replaced by government’s tendency to conduct, usually unintentionally, patronizing monologs. In some ways, this alludes to the blind side of meritocracy. Unlike the authority granted to elected officials, career bureaucrats, regardless of position, educational attainment, managerial proficiency or financial acumen, do not enjoy the legitimacy of a popular mandate validated by the voting process.

What to Do—Earning the Equivalent of a Popular Mandate

Bureaucracy needs to take responsibility in reducing the level of societal consternation. This starts by balancing the needs of the community with the needs of the organization, and with the personal needs and career aspirations of individual professionals. Well-intentioned and technically competent bureaucrats need to publicly demonstrate dedication to public service and not just to their corporate structures or the mandates of their professional associations. Many certainly do, yet organizational demands and a narrow focus in the pursuit of technical and managerial skills may not be enough. A broader focus requires an expanded definition of what constitutes merit. Patricia Ingraham may have said it best in her text, Foundation of Merit: Public Service in American Democracy:

Merit is having not only the necessary skills and competencies to fill the job in question but also a public service character—a desire to act, not for individual self-interest but for a broader good. Merit is related to values, ideals and ethics, to the appropriate role of the civil service in democracy, and thus to governance in a democratic society.”

James L. Perry underscores this concept in his essay, Federalist No. 72: What Happened to the Public Service Ideal?  As a portion of his suggested appendix to Alexander Hamilton’s paper, he states:

“Attending to the competence of civil servants without attending to their relatedness to the executive and the citizenry is a formula for incomplete and inadequate behavior, behavior that citizens will come to view as bad behavior. Civil servants must be selected and nurtured not only for their competence but for their public service. Developing public service as the core value is the bulwark of a system of administration that will motivate civil servants to do the right thing.”

Subscription to these ideals just might prove to be an effective way in garnering the equivalency of a popular mandate.

Author: Stephen G.  Harding is an adjunct professor in the master of public policy and administration program at Northwestern University.  Previously he served in various senior management capacities in the California cities of San Diego, Pasadena and Santa Ana.  His private sector experience includes vice presidencies in the real estate development and municipal consulting industries. Email: Stephen.harding@northwestern.edu.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

GIVING NOTHING, WHO’S ON FIRST, WINGED PALACE, TROPHIES

For a short time it was nice for followers of President Trump’s Truth Social media platform, when they read his simple message, “`HAPPY MEMORIAL DAY!” However, his short wish was actually a temporary replacement for an earlier, typical, Trumpian all-caps, ugly screed unleashed upon the opposition, which was full of typos that needed corrections by his handlers. Upon reposting the edited original, Trump added more all-caps sentences, perhaps toning it down only marginally, with praise for himself and his administration’s “great progress.” A post on Sunday night found The Don going after Vladimir Putin for escalating Russian attacks on Kyiv, Ukraine, dubbing him as “absolutely crazy,” rebuking the largest drone attack in the three-year war. The month of May marks the bombardments on Ukraine as record-setting, with Russia breaking its record on aerial attacks three times, as it assembles forces for a summer offensive according to analysts. Trump has threatened more sanctions for Russia as he loses patience with Vlad, but he also is critical of Ukraine’s Zelensky who is being too verbose in his criticism of lack of global support, in Trump’s view. So, Putin needs to back off, Zelensky needs to shut his mouth, or Trump’s coveted Nobel Peace Prize fades to black — a trophy that holds the highest significance in settling the war to our dear leader.

Satirist Andy Borowitz writes in The Borowitz Report of Trump’s Memorial Day activity: “In what has become a Memorial Day tradition for him, on Monday Donald J. Trump laid a wreath at the Tomb of the Unknown Podiatrist. Trump made his annual pilgrimage to pay homage to the heroic doctors who issued bogus diagnoses to ensure that their privileged patients never answered the call of duty. In an emotional tribute, Trump thanked the fallen foot specialists who bravely risked their medical licenses so that others facing military service could be free. Choking back tears, he said, “They gave everything so people like me could give nothing.”

Observers are being wary about who is actually in charge in the Oval Office, with the president signing over 150 executive orders in the same ritualized event — cameras present, staff standing by along with invited guests — and the chief executive appearing to barely know what he is signing. Trump is marginally attentive as the White House Staff Secretary reads a brief summary of the order, as the president interjects with a question or two which may indicate he hasn’t read it or is unfamiliar with it, whether only a few pages or many. The Daily Beast reports of one instance when Trump asked, “Are we doing something about the regulatory here?” Answering were several businessmen who were in attendance, and Interior Secretary Burgum, with a “you are sir,” followed by Trump asking, “Is that it?” “That’s all we have for you now, sir,” came the answer, as Trump then invited questions about the orders to be addressed to the “brilliant” experts, rather than toward him. Critic Fred Wellman, a graduate of West Point (and an Army vet of 22 years service), political consultant, and graduate of the Harvard Kennedy School, simply says, “He is not in charge.” Investment banker Evaristus Odinikaeze, remarked, “‘Is that it?’ while signing orders he doesn’t understand, parroting talking points he didn’t write, and pretending it’s leadership — peak performative confusion.”

Former running mate of Robert F. Kennedy JrNicole Shanahan, recently speculated that somebody is “controlling” Kennedy’s decisions in his role at the Department of Health and Human Services, following the announcement that Dr. Casey Means was named to become the next Surgeon General. Shanahan says she was promised that neither Casey nor her brother, Calley, would be working in HHS, if she gave her support toward Kennedy’s Senate confirmation, being assured that much more qualified people would be considered. She said, “I don’t know if RFK lied to me, or what is going on. It has been clear in recent conversations that he is reporting to someone regularly who is controlling his decisions — and it isn’t President Trump.” Could it be the infamous brain worm?

Politico reports that after the DOGE/Elon Musk destruction of government agencies, Trump and his gang “have gone awfully quiet on the world’s richest man.” Musk was a constant at the White House, always given space on the president’s social media posts and in his fundraising email grifts, the Tesla/X-world CEO has fallen into disfavor, hardly mentioned in briefings, with only quietude among congressional members. Musk could only serve as a special government employee for 130 days, ending in late May, but he leaves in his wake the DOGE staff who will continue to work with Trump’s cabinet “to make our government more efficient,” says Press Secretary Leavitt. It has become apparent that the $2 trillion savings promised will not come about. It also seems that Trump started a Truth Social blackout of Musk after he experienced a 10 point, humiliating loss in the Wisconsin Supreme Court race after plunking down $21 million for Trump’s preferred candidate in a low-profile, non-partisan judicial contest. Without a doubt, Wisconsin’s electorate found Musk’s onstage cheesehead antics, and his handing out checks for a million bucks to some voters to be over the top. “He’s finished, done, gone. He polls terrible. People hate him. He’d go to Wisconsin thinking he can buy people’s votes, wear the cheese hat, act like a 9-year old…it doesn’t work. It’s offensive to people,” said an anonymous GOP operative. A Marquette University Law School poll found that 58% of respondents disapproved of Musk and his DOGE-boys secretive task force, and 60% disapproved of Musk personally. Musk himself is likely pulling away due to his personal business downturns, with Tesla profits plummeting 71% in the first quarter, and with grumblings emanating from the board members in all his holdings. He and Trump don’t see eye to eye on the new tariffs, with Trump continuing to stir up more confusion globally.

Politico sees Republicans still are attempting to stay in the good graces of Musk, hoping his massive fortune and X social media platform continue to support their campaigns, even as he signals that he might wind down his political activity which would be a big blow after his massive support in 2024. GOP strategist Alex Conant said, “Anytime the biggest donor says he’s going to pull back, that’s a concern for the party. These megadonors, you have to earn their support every cycle. He says he’s planning to pull back, but if we have a presidential nominee in ’28 that excites Musk, you can see him doubling down.” Musk was asked if his decision was because of blowback, saying, “If I see a reason to do political spending in the future, I will do it. I do not currently see a reason. In terms of political spending, I’m going to do a lot less in the future. I think I’ve done enough.” Republican strategist Brian Seitchik argues, “Musk has the luxury of changing his mind at a moment’s notice. He has the luxury of being angry, irritated or inspired in the coming months and will decide how to spend. It would simply mean that Republicans have less money. It’s not as though they have no money.” Democratic Representative Greg Casar of Texas pointed out that Musk was recently on Capitol Hill, meeting with Republicans on energy and artificial intelligence, saying on X, “Elon Musk isn’t gone, and we can’t let Republicans pretend he is, just because he’s unpopular now. We have to keep the pressure until we actually Fire Elon Musk.” “Anyone actually believe he’s stepping back?” asks Representative Mark Pocan“Musk is just hiding in the closet, but he’s still in the room.”

Musk’s troubles were exacerbated this past weekend, when social media platform X went down temporarily, along with other glitches, resulting in a multitude of complaints and comments by users. He posted that, “I’m back to spending 24/7 at work and sleeping in conference/server/factory rooms. I must be super focused on X/xAI and Tesla (plus Starship launch), as we have critical technologies rolling out. As evidenced by the X uptime issues this week, major operational improvements need to be made.” One commenter posted, “And, this was the guy Trump brought in to make government more efficient?” The Washington Post wrote, “Politics has been central to Musk’s identity over much of the past year, but his latest obsession has faded into disenchantment over the personal costs and difficulties in producing results. Musk has also become deeply concerned for the personal safety of his family. He also did not anticipate the level of backlash against him personally or against his companies, including incidents of violence at Tesla facilities.” Musk was present at a Cabinet meeting on April 30, where President Trump told him, “We all want to thank you for your help. You really have sacrificed a lot.” But as Janna Brancolini wrote on The Daily Beast“Everyone knows, though, how strongly Trump feels about losers.”

Andy Borowitz found another topic that deserves one of his satirical treatments: “Vowing to usher in a ‘golden age of chocolate,’ on Wednesday Donald J. Trump called for Willy Wonka’s chocolate factory to be reopened. ‘I saw a show about it on TV, and it never should have been allowed to close down,’ he said. ‘It never would have happened if I was president. What was done to Willy Wonka was a disgrace,’ he said, adding that the chocolatier had been ‘treated very unfairly.’ We used to make beautiful chocolate in this country,’ he said. ‘We’re not winning at chocolate anymore.'” Anybody? Mary Rose and Ian Mackenzie?

One thing — for real — that Trump sees as a winning move is acceptance of the Boeing 747 ‘Flying Palace’ luxury jet from Qatar that he insists will be converted into Air Force One — after taxpayers foot the bill for a $1 billion+ makeover to meet security regulations for a US president. The bribe was formally confirmed by NewsNation as the Defense Department and Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth took possession “in accordance with all federal rules and regulations” this past week. Pentagon spokesperson Sean Parnell said in his statement, “The Department of Defense will work to ensure proper security measures and functional-mission requirements are considered for an aircraft used to transport the President of the United States,” referring further questions to the US Air Force. The $400 million bribe for the 13 year-old jet is akin to accepting the castoff socks and underwear for an item that is no longer good enough for the royal family of Qatar, but our orange-hued president sees the gold fixtures and trappings to be fit for his kingly aspirations. The upgrade to the ‘Flying Palace’ is estimated to be a three- or four-year project, ready for use about the same time as the two new Boeing jets that have been on order since the first Oval Office desecration of Trump Inc. Boeing attributes their three-year production delay to a worker’s strike, complicated nature of new upgrades such as enhanced self-defense systems, and completing security clearances of the various contractors.

According to a Civiqs poll for Daily Kos, 55% of registered voters believe it to be unethical for Trump to accept the plane, which he claims will temporarily serve as the new Air Force One, which would then be transferred into the ownership of his future presidential library, BUT made available for his private use after leaving office! Only 19% of voters believe the bribe to be ethical, and another 22% don’t see it as an ethics issue, but Democrats are overwhelmingly critical — 92% saying it’s unethical, and even 55% of independents agree it crosses the line. Trump defends the ‘transferral,’ saying it would be “stupid” not to accept the “gift,” but he insists upon ignoring the emoluments clause of the Constitution which bans federal officials from accepting gifts, payments, or favors from foreign powers without Congressional approval. The White House and Department of Justice argue that the gift was not unconstitutional because it was not given to an individual — so it becomes a gift to an individual when the taxpayers GIVE it to an ex-president? King Donald is the only modern US president to challenge the restrictions, but then he’s been allowed to profit from all his side hustles of Bibles, guitars, meme coins, and taking advantage of that official presidential seal. Democratic voters refuse to let this slide, and if the rest of the electorate can catch up, the Trump Crime Family may find the ConGame to be nearing a finale. Andy Borowitz writes that, “Qatar inked a historic agreement to acquire a president of the United States, but critics argued that the president it bought was in poor condition and not fully functional. Additionally, the critics noted, he was preowned, having previously been purchased by Vladimir Putin, Elon Musk, and dozens of others. For his part, the emir brushed off such criticism, telling reporters,’He can’t possibly be worth less than that [crappy] old 747.'” One critic commented, “This is like a combination of ‘Fixer Upper’ and ‘Pimp My Ride.’ It’s going to cost a lot of money.” Considering that the aircraft will need to be stripped of its interior, its outer skin and down to the airframe for retrofitting and reassembly of the gold toilets, who wants to place bets on the timeline?

NBC News reports that “the White House has scrubbed its website of transcripts from President Trump’s speeches and appearances, hiding his lies, unhinged comments, and even moments when world leaders have rebuked his statements.” Those transcripts were on the website as recently as last week, but a shift in the administration’s communications policy, leaving only videos of those moments with no accompanying transcripts. While the transcripts exist, with official government stenographers recording Trump’s public appearances, nothing appears on the website. So, the question is — what is being hidden? Does this further tighten control over Trump’s image, even with mainstream media declining to report stories that may be critical of him? Or are larger issues concerning the president’s mental and physical health prompting the White House to obscure his blathering from the public? Aren’t we entitled to see the colorful rant about washing his hair, as he signed an executive order on water pressure? How about the one closer to home, when he raved about “invading Los Angeles to open up the water”? Or the one about his promise to bring down the price of eggs, which he said he accomplished with a 93% reduction? Know anybody out there who bought eggs for $0.13 per dozen? And of course, who wouldn’t want to read the transcript of his discourse on the word ‘groceries‘? Also missing is the recent Oval Office ambush of South African President Cyril Ramaphosa, when Trump presented his “white genocide” diatribe with fake web pages to embarrass his guest, who was obviously taken aback. Those transcript omissions make it perfectly clear that the White House wants to hide the president from his critics.

One recent appearance that Trump’s handlers would like to be erased completely is his speech to the West Point graduates last weekend, a speech that appropriately fell on its face with the audience. Again, the president tried to make his attendance into a political rally, airing grievances, drifting off-script into the brambles, bragging about his election victory in November and whining about being investigated. He had to be thoroughly disappointed in the response, which resulted in his leaving the event quickly without shaking the hands of the graduates, to get to the golf course. Wearing his red MAGA cap, Trump delivered what strategist and lawyer Aaron Parnas called a “‘strikingly unconventional’ school address, blending political rhetoric, off-the-cuff remarks, and personal anecdotes, deviating sharply from the traditional tone of such events.” The Don made headlines with his ‘trophy wives’ comments, one observer calling it a complete lack of presidential decorum. His opinion given to the grads on marrying “trophy wives,” when he advised them, “A lot of trophy wives doesn’t (sic) work out,” raised not a few eyebrows. Minor league baseball franchise owner, Lou DiBella, posted on X“Ladies and Gentlemen, the President of the United States! A lesson on trophy wives; how inspiring for our future Army officers at their commencement. Nice MAGA hat…how appropriate! Consider this one instead on next graduation day.” Economist Patrick Chovanec suggested, “The only difference between a MAGA hat and KKK hood is that the KKK were ashamed to show their faces.” Veteran Daniel Larsen added, “Orange blob menace psychopath convicted felon MAGA cult leader rambled and dissembled. Wearing that hat to a West Point commencement is high crimes and misdemeanors. Impeach this idiot.”

And speaking of Melania, sources say that she has spent fewer than two weeks at the White House since inauguration day in January, appearing with the president at the Pope’s funeral and at the annual White House Easter Egg Roll. Some sources say that her fourteen day presence might be a generous estimate, but is discounted by Paolo Zampolli, a modeling agent, who says, “She loves the White House and loves her role of serving as our First Lady.” Just not living there full time? Even regulars at Mar-a-Lago say she is scarce around the Florida resort. Melania just announced she is releasing a new audiobook in a few months — to be narrated in an artificial intelligence version of her voice — not a new offering, only her 2024 memoir which was entitled ‘Melania.’ The English version is on sale for $25, a seven hour slog, with various foreign language versions expected in the future. Admirers have written, “Thanks for making America elegant again!” Something’s missing there!

Writer Fran Lebowitz doesn’t mention anything about the term ‘First Lady,’ but in the Fran Lebowitz Reader, she says, “Lest you get the impression that I am totally opposed to the word ‘lady,’ I rush to assure you that I think it is a perfectly nice word when used correctly. The word ‘lady’ is used correctly only as follows: a) To refer to certain female members of the English aristocracy. b) In reference to girls who stand behind lingerie counters in department stores, but only when preceded by the word ‘sales.’ c) To alert a member of the gentle sex to the fact that she is no longer playing with a full deck. As in, ‘Lady, what are you — nuts or something?’ d) To differentiate between girls who [are ‘easy’] and girls who [aren’t]. Girls who are ‘easy’ are tramps. Girls who aren’t are ladies. This is, however, an archaic usage of the word. Should one of you boys happen upon a girl who [isn’t ‘easy’], do not jump to the conclusion that you have found a lady. What you have probably found is a lesbian.” A favorite Fran quote: “Original thought is like original sin: both happened before you were born to people you could not possibly have met.” Fran gets the last word.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Trees

“Give me six hours to chop down a tree and I will spend the first four sharpening the axe.”
~Abraham Lincoln

“A sure cure for seasickness is to sit under a tree.”
~Spike Milligan

“I think that I shall never see a billboard lovely as a tree. Perhaps, unless the billboards fall, I’ll never see a tree at all.”
~Ogden Nash

“If you don’t like how things are, change it! You’re not a tree.”
~Jim Rohn

“All religions, arts and sciences are branches of the same tree.”
~Albert Einstein

...

This guy! He has tons of tips and tricks about growing things, cleaning things, reusing things… and he makes very entertaining videos.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

May 14 – 27, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Downtown Plan Expansion decision… Steinbruner… back soon… Hayes… Best of Monterey Bay … Patton… That pledge of ours… Matlock… …heading north…retribution…8647…don’t know… / a cry for help…many presidents…out of the loop… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Lucy Darling… Quotes on… “Moving”

...

MISS CALIFORNIA CONTESTANTS ATOP PALOMAR HOTEL. That’s Miss Tulare on the left and Miss Azusa on the right. Obviously it’s 6:14 p.m. and not so obviously it’s June 1963. Newcomers should note that this was the original location of our Town Clock. Also note the two way traffic PLUS curbside parking spaces!!!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: May 21, 2025

MOVING JOYS AND WOES. I don’t know if you guys know, but I am moving. I have lived in Aptos for the last ten or so years, and we are now up and relocating to Ben Lomond. I am looking forward to the culture shock 🙂 I do love the trees, it is so very peaceful up there, but there will be things I’ll miss from being in Aptos. We had a ten minute walk to Hidden Beach, which, if you have young kids or grandkids, has an excellent playground before you get down to the actual beach. We could hear the surf from our house, especially at night. I think moving is a good thing in general, as long as you do it in moderation. It’s easy to get set in your ways, and shaking things up a bit is not a bad thing.

That being said, I have a love/hate relationship with moving… The seemingly endless sorting, packing, throwing out/gifting, transporting, and then unpacking, sorting, establishing homes for all the things that have always lived in a place you knew where it was, even in the dark without glasses – that’s all stressful. However, a new place, and all the possibilities that presents is fun. I am also enjoying hearing peoples’ tips, tricks and opinions like “Oh, you’re moving! That’s great! Just remember to never [insert action here]!”

Do you have any particular nuggets of wisdom you’d want to share with me? If you do, feel free to email me at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com

MEA CULPA, AGAIN. I will not go into all the reasons why this column turned out to be kind of a double issue. Our intrepid contributors are not to blame, however. That rests solely on my shoulders, and I apologize. Hopefully, next time it will be planned and announced!

~Webmistress

...

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

...

May 19, 2025

Needing No Debate

After more than two hours of public testimony from an overflow crowd in the city council chambers, council members took barely twenty minutes to deliberate and vote on the biggest land use development in the city’s history. In truth there was no deliberation. A motion was made, seconded, a “friendly” amendment offered, accepted, each council member spoke on their reasons for supporting the Downtown Plan Expansion and then they voted – unanimously – to approve.

There were two brief questions asked. Vice Mayor Kalantari-Johnson asked staff to clarify for the public (she knew the answer) why the Environmental Impact Report did not address impacts under AB 1287 that now doubles the allowable state density bonus, an omission the community group’s lawyer had challenged. Staff responded that the EIR did not have to study the full possibilities under AB 1287 and that was that. It would have been customary for the city attorney to be asked to respond considering the legal disagreement involved, but no such request was made. The Vice Mayor’s other question to staff addressed the community’s claim that many of the already built tenements remain empty. Staff explained that away. No other council member, nor the mayor had any questions for staff. No council member expressed any concerns to their colleagues. It felt seamless, as though it had all been reviewed and decided well before the meeting.

This efficient, cut-to-the-chase council decision-making process is no accident. One of Mayor Keeley’s first directives as Mayor was requiring council members to make a motion prior to any discussion on an issue. The second directive was that council members should get all their questions of staff answered prior to the council meeting. The positives with this more efficient process are shorter meetings and more focused discussions. It is rare to have a council meeting extend into the evening hours. In previous decades, evening meetings were standard. If the issue was a controversial one, the meeting could extend late into the evening.

The downside is that the public rarely gets to hear answers to their questions. Given the Brown Act, with contact among council members outside of a meeting limited to three, there is now no space in a meeting to have the thoughts from all council members out in the open prior to being tied down to a motion. Arguing for or against a motion is different from expressing concerns or ideas and having these inform a subsequent motion. I have closely watched meetings under both methods and while appreciating the efficiency of the no discussion until there’s a motion rule, I can attest to the erosion of robust council debate and the give and take that can flow from representatives deliberating before being confined by a motion.

For this Downtown Plan Expansion, the council was in lock step. There is no doubt that the plethora of state housing laws, with more to come, has severely limited local control over development decisions and the debate now is “where” not “if”. Nevertheless, the enthusiasm for the Plan expressed by the council did not reflect the sentiments of many in attendance. Speaking to the motion, council members’ points of view suggested a naivete about all this new housing whether market-rate or below. The Vice-Mayor, addressing the urgency to build, spoke enthusiastically about “a brand-new neighborhood that provides homes for people in our community.” That is simply not the case. This housing is for those who don’t yet live here, not for those that do.

Council member Susie O’Hara articulated what seems to be current council philosophy in her words that “We have moved past the general feeling that we need to slow down, that we need to control growth, that we need to think about all the different ways we can keep progress from happening.” In simpler words, build baby build. And when the wealthy newcomers move into these high-priced luxury apartments and elevate the Area Median Income on which all “affordable” income levels are tied, will we still pretend we are providing housing for our essential workers and their families?

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back soon!

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Best of the Monterey Bay: Conservation Land Managers

You may have seen placards on walls of businesses…weekly periodical contests “The Best Of….” What if there was a contest for the best conservation lands managers on the Monterey Bay? Who would you vote for and why?

I’m pretty sure most people would want to have more information before they voted. But they would be unable to find anything out! Why? Because there is zero reporting. We don’t even have metrics for such things. The problem is…there is no public demand for such accountability.

A Good Time to Ask
It is a particularly poignant time to be asking the question ‘who is the best conservation land manager’ because there are increasing chances for ownership changes. Congress and the President are working on transferring land out of control by the federal government, affecting especially lands owned by the Bureau of Land Management including the 5,600-acre Cotoni Coast Dairies and the 14,000-acre Fort Ord National Monument. Alternately, they are also looking at more extractive use of those and other federal lands for timber, mining, and petroleum extraction. It seems like an important opportunity to explore more local control of these precious places.

Conservation Lands – Need for Planning and Monitoring
Plans and monitoring data are the logical things to pursue in our quest for an informed vote on the area’s best land manager. Unless you had the means of collecting your own data, or doing extensive interviews of the land managers, you’d first check to see if the organizations had set any measurable goals in a management plan. I would make an informed estimate that less than a quarter of the conservation lands in this region have such goals accompanying an up-to-date management plan. For instance, Wilder Ranch State Park’s management plan was written in 1988 and never updated. Henry Cowell State Park has never had any management planning. State Parks’ beaches at Cotoni Coast Dairies were opened without a plan, remain years later without plans, without natural resource inventories, and without the most rudimentary access planning. Management plans for City, County, and regional parks are largely absent or are publicly unavailable. BLM’s plans for Fort Ord and Cotoni Coast Dairies as well as the US Fish and Wildlife Services’ plans for the Ellicott Slough and Salinas River Wildlife Refuges are very generalized and absent any measurable goals. If the extensive holdings of the private land trusts of our region have management plans, they are unavailable to the public.

Even where one might discern goals, there are no publicly available data to support any analysis of who might be doing the ‘best.’

So, you are out of luck with 100% of the conservation lands around the Monterey Bay if you were hoping to use the land manager’s stated goals and monitoring data to help inform your vote for who is the best. I would suggest that merely having a plan would not be enough to garner favorable votes for this contest: sometimes those plans are out of date or too generalized to pass the straight face test as pertinent to the metric of good conservation land stewardship.

Profiteering from Public Trust
We might turn to ethical considerations when making our vote: what guard rails have conservation lands managers set to avoid the conflict between public trust (conservation) and private profit (recreation, mining, grazing, petroleum extraction)? In this case, we see some competition between some areas of State Parks and land trust lands set aside primarily for conservation.

Land trusts however win on this aspect because they enforce conservation lands closures (keeping visitors out to benefit nature) whereas State Parks has no such program (near zero enforcement of closures, rampant use of closed areas). County Parks in Santa Cruz and Monterey have very few areas protected mainly for conservation and no real means of enforcement where they do. BLM land at Fort Ord is crisscrossed with trails, with no areas set aside primarily for conservation; there is, however, prohibition for stepping off of trails (and again, no enforcement). In short, all conservation lands have ongoing, extractive, overextended, unchecked, and ubiquitous recreational use…intentionally devised to increase financial support of the land management institutions, in contravention of their public trust responsibilities to conserve nature.

From their Flicker site: there are cows now embedded in BLM’s offices!

Cattle Grazing, Mining, Timber, Farming, and Petroleum
One might argue that timber harvest and cattle grazing might be done for conservation, but mining, farming, and petroleum extraction never meet that goal. State Parks and some land trusts allow farming on conservation lands. A subset of private land trusts only lease to organic producers, offsetting at least the more toxic elements that could negatively impact conservation. I have yet to see any conservation lands managers do much more than that, and all have very poor soil conservation practices so that those lands are losing irreplaceable topsoil into streams and rivers already choked with sediment.

Much of the federal land in our area, BLM and Forest Service managed, are seeing increased pressure to allow extractive use – timbering (not restoration-oriented forest management), grazing (not restoration/conservation grazing), and mining – unlike any of the State managed conservation lands around the Monterey Bay. These more extreme extractive uses are as big of a threat to conservation as the largely unfettered recreational uses spread across much of the areas’ conservation lands. On federal lands allowing both resource extraction and recreation, natural resource conservation is extremely challenging.

Better Off With State?
So, the question is: would federal lands be better off managed by the State? Imagine if State Parks took over the Los Padres National Forest, Fort Ord, and Cotoni Coast Dairies. Even at current staffing at State Parks, the staffing of these areas would significantly increase. The rules by which State Parks would govern those areas would also significantly increase the capacity for conservation because the more extractive types of timber production and livestock grazing would be disallowed, and mining would not be possible. And, State Parks is mandated to create goals-oriented management plans complete with recreational carrying capacity analyses, so we could someday leverage that requirement should the political will arise from as yet unknown conservation groups.

I urge our congressional delegation to advocate for handover of the Monterey Bay’s federal lands to the State of California. There is no scenario in the foreseeable future where the lands will be better stewarded by politicians in DC or their appointed staff leads.

Meanwhile…
I hope you take the point that ALL of our region’s conservation lands managers are in vast need of improvement. I hope that the facts I shared above can help begin to improve our ability to advocate for better approaches. Last I checked, there are no advocates for State Parks’ conservation budget…not the Sierra Club…not any of the region’s expansive nonprofit conservation organizations. Shame.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, May 13, 2025

#133 / That Pledge Of Ours

My Valentine’s Day blog posting was mainly about how we should be celebrating our diversity, not forming up into opposing packs of deadly enemies, trying to kill each other off.

I am speaking, of course, about “politics” in characterizing the current “state of the nation” in this rather extreme fashion. Still, groups like the “Proud Boys” appear willing to utilize “real” political violence in an effort to achieve the political results they prefer.

Allegedly, “Antifa” is a group on the other side of our current political polarity that might also favor the use of violence to achieve political goals. No one doubts that genuine violence can arise in these polarized political times. The January 6th attack on the U.S. Capitol Building shows how quickly things can get out of hand.

That February 14th “Valentine” to the to the nation that I published was written in opposition to the idea that our politics should be about destroying and defeating those who have different political aims and ambitions from our own. As I noted in that blog post, I didn’t even realize that I had scheduled my posting for Valentine’s Day until I was done writing it, so I added the Valentine’s Day reference to a statement that should be taken to heart on every day of the year.

This blog posting, today, is a “follow up” to my Valentine’s Day message, a message that urges us to take “E pluribus unam” seriously, and to realize that the “United States,” as a social, economic, and political entity, is founded on that idea, incorporated, for convience, into the graphics of our dollar bill: “Out of Many, One.”

We are “in this together.”

It never hurts to repeat something that is true, which, of course, I have just done, but today I want to go at least one step beyond that Valentine’s Day message, which continues to be quite pertinent.

I majored in history as an undergraduate student, and I really focused on “American” history. My senior honors thesis was titled, “The Future Of Change In America.” I think we can best understand ourselves, as a nation, as “Americans,” if we review and take to heart the key documents that define us as a nation, beginning, of course, with the Declaration of Independence.

It is the “beginning” of The Declaration that we most remember – and for good reason. It would be hard to come up with a better statement of what our system of “self-government” is all about:

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.

Let me here remind those reading this blog posting of the LAST part of our Declaration – the “ending” to the founding document that has established our nation. This last statement, too, is a statement about the role citizens should play in our syatem of self-government, and I don’t think it can really be improved. I think it says it all, and perfectly. Below, emphasis has been added to the concluding words of the Declaration:

We, therefore, the Representatives of the united States of America, in General Congress, Assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, That these United Colonies are, and of Right ought to be Free and Independent States; that they are Absolved from all Allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State of Great Britain, is and ought to be totally dissolved; and that as Free and Independent States, they have full Power to levy War, conclude Peace, contract Alliances, establish Commerce, and to do all other Acts and Things which Independent States may of right do. And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.

As citizens, we are all called upon to pledge “our lives,” and “our fortunes,” and our “sacred honor” to ensure, in the words of Lincoln, that “a government of the people, by the people, for the people, shall not perish from this earth.”

If we take this seriously, this means that in times of trouble (and I am suggesting that includes “now”), we must, as citizens, be willing to reallocate our time, which is what our “lives” consist of, and to work on issues that put self-government in peril, even though that will displace the activities that we might rather pursue.

If we take this pledge seriously, we need to reallocate how we spend our money, too, to put it to work on those issues that put self-government in peril.

Finally, our honor demands we do these things, and that we change our lives, as necessary, to accomplish them.

If we take seriously that there is a real threat to the continued existence of the system of self-government that the Founders “brought forth, upon this continent,” to quote Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address once again, then this is what is required of us, now.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
COCOONED, ON TYRANNY, INSIDE THE HOUSE, MONSTERS

Uh-oh…time to start packing our bags? Allison Detzel writes on the MSNBC website that three Yale professors who are experts in their knowledge and study of authoritarianism are concerned enough about the “democratic emergency” in this country to cross the border to continue their teaching in Canada. They believe the rise of fascism in the US has become so dire that they have decided to leave, with professor Marci Shore referring to Nazi Germany of 1933, and saying, “…the lesson is you get out sooner rather than later. We’re like people on the Titanic, saying, ‘Our ship can’t sink. We’ve got the best ship. We’ve got the strongest ship.’ And what you know as a historian is that there is no such thing as a ship that can’t sink.” The exits of these highly-respected educators comes as a result of the Trump administration’s crackdown on higher education, with investigations into dozens of universities over the policies of diversity, equity and inclusion, part of the effort to get them to toe the line and bow down to the new regime in DC. Accusing the universities of favoring antisemitism by allowing pro-Palestinian protests, funding has been cut to many of the institutions, with Harvard being hit particularly hard with cuts and freezing of funds amounting to nearly three billion dollars. As promised during his presidential campaign, the targeting of his perceived enemies and those who publicly criticize his policies are simply victims in the  continuation of his “I am your retribution” mantra. Professor Jason Stanley fears persecution if he stays at Yale, and will go to the University of Toronto “because I want to do my work without the fear that I will be punished for my words. In times as these, it’s essential to set up centers of resistance in places of relative safety.” Stanley shares his colleagues’ concerns, but says he isn’t leaving explicitly because of Trump, a personal reason being his marriage to Marci Shore.

Professor Timothy Snyder, author of his small but familiar book, ‘On Tyranny,’ wrote in the Yale Daily News, that ‘conversations about freedom and unfreedom’ have become harder to have in this country. He warns Americans who believe fascism is only a foreign predicament, saying, “Talking about American exceptionalism is basically a way to get people to fall into line. If you think that there’s this thing out there called ‘America’ and it’s exceptional — that you don’t have to do anything, whatever is happening, it must be freedom. And so then, what your definition of freedom is gets narrowed, and soon you’re using the word ‘freedom’ but what you’re talking about is authoritarianism.” Snyder’s 2017 book, ‘On Tyranny: Twenty Lessons from the Twentieth Century,’ is a worthy read, with a frontispiece quote by Leszek Kolakowski“In politics, being deceived is no excuse.”

Someone who forgot that you don’t have to make big waves to ruffle the feathers of MAGA this week, was former FBI Director James Comey — who made what should be regarded as only a ripple effect. Seeing a rock and sea shell formation on the beach that someone left behind, a layout reading ‘8647,’ he photographed it and posted it to Instagram, — and the “interesting” post then ramped up the retribution rampagers. The number ’86’ has long been a slang term that means ‘to eliminate’ or ‘get rid of,’ as in: “Get out, and stay out.” Unfortunately, the number ’47’ relates to Donald Trump being the 47th President of the US, so MAGA accused him of threatening or encouraging another assassination attempt. Comey surely knew what ’86’ means, but he apologized , taking down the post, and writing: “I didn’t realize some folks associate those numbers with violence. That didn’t occur to me when I saw it. But I am opposed to violence, so I took the post down.” That wasn’t enough for Team Retribution within the DOJ and Secret Service to forego an investigation, or Trump’s Director of National IntelligenceTulsi Gabbard, to say he should be in jail — and we can be certain that trickster Roger Stone is lining up the firing squad. Gabbard told Fox Host Jesse Waters that Comey should automatically be locked up — no investigation, no evidence, no due process, just throw away the key for ‘threatening’ a president. A David Schuster piece on BlueAmp mentions the plight of Kilmar Abrego Garcia who sits in a jail in El Salvador following his deportation without benefit of a court hearing or judicial ruling, despite a 9-0 Supreme Court decision that his return must be ‘facilitated‘ by the Trump administration. Schuster says MAGA World keeps proving Comey’s point: “The threat is not on the beach. It’s coming from inside the house — the White House.”

Still being bandied about by Trump and his Eichmann clone, White House Deputy Chief of Staff Stephen Miller, is the threat of suspending habeas corpus — the right of a person to challenge their detention in court — which would be a dramatic escalation of the administration’s immigration policy, and a curtailment of a right enshrined in the Constitution. Miller was asked by a reporter, “First, you know, President Trump has talked about potentially suspending habeas corpus to take care of the illegal immigration problem. When could we see that happen in the future?” Miller raised the specter that it may be necessary because of undocumenteds “invading” the country. “The Constitution is clear, and that, of course, is the supreme law of the land, that the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus can be suspended in time of invasion. So, it’s an option we’re actively looking at.” The Constitution allows for the suspension in extraordinary circumstances, Article I saying writs of habeas corpus “shall not be suspended, unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public safety may require it.” Our history shows it has been done four times — during the Civil War, the reconstruction period in South Carolina, in the Philippines during the 1905 insurrection, and in Hawaii after Pearl Harbor was attacked. Miller sees a threat from the undocumented migrants, and a similar argument was used by Trump to invoke the Alien Enemies Act, which in his view allowed him to remove noncitizens with no due process, among them Kilmar Abrego Garcia, purported to be a member of Venezuelan gang, Tren de Aragua. Two Trump-appointed judges concluded that use of the act was unlawful because the administration failed to prove a Tren de Aragua invasion, but Miller responded that the administration’s decision would come down to whether the “courts do the right thing or not.” Legal experts say the issue is not as simple as Miller suggests, and that a president cannot suspend habeas corpus without authorization from Congress, making any unilateral suspensions by Trump unconstitutional.

In a recent interview, Trump told the interviewer he didn’t know whether the Constitution required him to uphold due process rights of non-citizens, complaining it would present an extraordinary burden of providing individual hearings for millions of immigrants scheduled for deportation. As he wrote on Truth Social“Our Court System is not letting me do the job I was Elected to do. Activist judges must let the Trump Administration deport murderers, and other criminals who have come into our country illegally, WITHOUT DELAY!!!” Trump’s unmerciful cheerleader, Miller, rages against what he terms a “judicial coup” of rulings upholding the due process rights of immigrants, scoffing at the notion that Trump’s so-called “terrorists” have the right to contest their deportations, their only “right” being deportation. Robert Reich reminds us of four things to remember: 1) The Constitution clearly guarantees “due process” to all “person[s]. The word “person” makes no distinction between citizens and non-citizens. 2) The Supreme Court has long held that this promise extends to immigrants in deportation proceedings. In 1993, Justice Antonin Scalia wrote that “It is well established that the Fifth Amendment entitles aliens to due process of law in deportation proceedings.” 3) Due process doesn’t always require a full trial, however. Immigrants are entitled to: a) Notice of the charges against them in a “notice to appear,” outlining the reasons for potential deportation. b) The opportunity to present evidence before an immigration judge to show why they should not be deported. c) A judgement based on the facts of the case and applicable immigration law. d) The right to appeal the decision to a higher court. 4) The right to habeas corpus is fundamental to our legal system. Defendants have used habeas corpus to challenge detentions by governments since 13th-century England and the Magna CartaAlexander Hamilton wrote in Federalist 84“The subjecting of men to punishment for things which, when they were done, were breaches of no law, and the practice of arbitrary imprisonments, have been, in all ages, the favorite and most formidable instruments of tyranny.” Reich asks, “What happens if ICE decides that the definition of an ‘American citizen’ doesn’t apply to someone who has spoken out against the regime, for example? What happens if habeas corpus is suspended and all Americans are in danger of arbitrary punishment? A growing number of jurists have framed this fight as existential for all Americans’ fundamental rights, not just those of immigrants. They’re right.”

In one of his posts, Reich says we are living in a time of “monsters” who roam the globe: TrumpPutinNetanyahuXiModiErdogan, and others, who are destroying countless lives, fueling hate, spreading fear. He asks, “What is our moral obligation as human beings in the face of this? How do we maintain integrity in a time of monsters?” Some are in denial and have stopped listening to the news, preferring not to know what the monsters are doing, and he understands that it’s too painful to hear about the abductions and deportations in our country, the deaths in Ukraine and Gaza, human rights abuses in China and Turkey, and the violence in Kashmir. Being immobilized by grief, some cannot abide the inhumanity and suffering, sinking into despair, believing nothing will be done. Others are resigned to what’s happening, believing their only choice is to keep quiet for fear of reprisals from the monsters; and no matter what one feels, guilt should not be a response — “we are only human.” However, it’s also important to know that these attitudes help the monsters thrive and grow — believing nothing can be done, or assuming nothing will be done, or believing silence is a practical choice, only fueling more monstrosity. Reich relates the story of New York social worker, Emily Feiner, who went to Republican Congressman Mike Lawler’s town hall and asked him ‘what would it take for him to refuse to go along with Trump?’ His non-answer drove her to persist, so she was told to leave, refusing to do so. State troopers then lifted the 64-year old from her chair to deposit her outside the meeting hall, with catcalls erupting from the attendees, shouting, “Shame, shame, shame!” Feiner was subsequently labeled a “radical far-left” activist by Lawler, though she is only an average American, sometime-Republican voter, who has now had enough. She does not deny what is happening, going to town halls to express her views, and asking questions. She’s not in despair, but is filled with positive energy, and is not silent as she actively resists the monsters and their agents to hold them accountable. Reich believes that if enough of us emulate Emily by standing up, the monsters cannot win — we will prevail, ending up with a democracy stronger than it was before the time of monsters.

Steve Schmidt was appalled by the gilded parade of Trump and his entourage in Saudi Arabia last week, saying, “The images of Donald Trump’s arrival in Saudi Arabia are disgraceful and without precedent. What the American people [witnessed] is an ‘Eras’ tour [a la Taylor Swift] of corruption and crony capitalism that beggars belief and description, while being broadcast in the plain light of day. It is a death march and a celebration of decay, collapse and the shattering of free market capitalism in favor of a new Trump gangsterism that picks winners and losers.” His posse for this trip consisted of about 20 business leaders from TeslaIBMBoeingAmazonHalliburtonCitigroupGoogleCoca-ColaUberLinkedIn, and The LA Times — just a simple mom-and-pop collection of small-business owners! Schmidt continues, “Trump has come to the Arab thugs, hat in one hand, with weapons systems dangling from the other, looking for more for Trump, while telling the American people that they must have less for America. When historians look back at this era there will never be a lack of fascination over our anesthetized culture and indifferent population that was the frog in the pot for 10 long years before the water boiled. The lies spilling over the American people from Trump and his propagandists aren’t just absurd, but ludicrously so. America’s politicians, billionaires and CEOs have turned aggressive against the American people, the US Constitution, free market capitalism, the rule of law, personal liberty and democracy. It will be up to all of us to help instruct them with a memorable teachable moment. Each day the reckoning draws closer — it is coming. A judgement will be rendered over the obscenities at hand, for there has never been a worse lot of Americans who have ever gathered together with temporary power, and more profoundly betrayed the interests of the people who gave it to them in the entire history of America. Donald Trump thinks he has a license to steal and take, and more incredibly, the scumbags who surround him and compete for his affections and a chance to taste his detritus, think they have a license to steal. There is a terrible price to be paid for indifference and not caring — America is paying for it now, but soon the indifferent will start caring again. That’s why Donald, cocooned by his arrogance, will never see it coming.”

The Onion, in a post aimed at Gangster Trump and his minions, quotes an individual who is complaining about having to read the Terms and Conditions before he is able to download a ‘stupid app’ to bribe the president. He longs for the old days when it was a straightforward procedure, like “doing a dead drop of a briefcase in a parking garage,” but nowadays he has to link his bank account to a cryptocurrency exchange, making space on his phone by deleting some apps he uses to bribe other world leaders and public officials. Plus, he now must ‘create a wallet’ and convert all his funds into special tokens, hardly a simple and streamlined procedure. Further, he expects he will be getting push notifications to inform him about new opportunities to funnel money to the president and his family. However, The Onion reports a glitch in the process as a result of Chinese spyware that came with the app — what a headache! Sounds almost plausible?

Donald Trump now has more work to do in his retributions procedures, with Bruce Springsteen rising to the top of the list following his ‘Land of Hope and Dreams’ tour in ManchesterEngland. Springsteen’s message to his audience attacked Trump, charging him with leading “a corrupt, incompetent, and treasonous administration,” which only raised Trump’s hackles even more in light of the rocker’s endorsement of candidate Kamala Harris in October 2024, and a history of endorsements to include Joe Biden and Hillary Clinton. In giving his seal of approval to Harris, Springsteen called Trump “The most dangerous candidate for president in my lifetime. Perhaps not since the Civil War has this great country felt as politically, spiritually, and emotionally divided as it does at this moment. It doesn’t have to be that way.” A couple of days following ‘The Boss’s’ fiery description of the MAGA regime, Trump lashed out to call the artist “a dried-out prune of a rocker.” The president posted on Truth Social“I see that Highly Overrated Bruce Springsteen goes to a Foreign Country to speak badly about the President of the United States. Never liked him, never liked his music, or his Radical Left Politics and, importantly, he’s not a talented guy — just a pushy, obnoxious JERK who fervently supported Crooked Joe Biden, a mentally incompetent FOOL, and our WORST EVER President, who came close to destroying our country.” Patting himself on the back yet again, Trump suggests the country “would be gone by now” absent his election, and warned Springsteen of repercussions from MAGA World should he make similar comments during his domestic shows. “Springsteen is ‘dumb as a rock,’ and couldn’t see what was going on. This dried-out ‘prune’ of a rocker ought to KEEP HIS MOUTH SHUT until he gets back into the Country. That’s just ‘standard fare.’ Then we’ll all see how it goes for him!” cautioned the president.

With his fiery juices flowing, Trump then launched into other performers on Truth Social, asking, “Has anyone noticed that, since I said ‘I HATE TAYLOR SWIFT,’ she’s no longer ‘HOT?'” Swift has long been a Trump critic and they have exchanged comments and insults in the past. David Gura of Bloomberg News posted on X“Taylor Swift’s Eras Tour, which concluded in December, sold $2,077,618,725 in tickets — double the gross ticket sales of any other concert tour in history.” In reaction to Trump’s dissing of Swift, Representative Jamie Raskin quoted words from Springsteen’s ‘Badlands’ recording: “Poor man wanna be rich. Rich man wanna be king. The king ain’t satisfied ’til he rules everything.” Other posts on social media called The Don’s comments simply distractions to cover his new Qatari plane brouhaha, retail price hikes from his tariffs, or the fact that he’s ripping away Medicare and Medicaid from millions of Americans. Political analyst Larry Sabato said, “77 million Americans voted for a president who spends his time on Air Force One (the real one) trashing Swift and Springsteen.” On a roll, Trump couldn’t stop, so now it’s on to investigating not only Springsteen, but BeyoncéOprah, and Bono, accusing the Kamala Harris campaign of paying them illegally to endorse her under the guise of performance fees. Trump is throwing around ridiculously large expenditures that were paid — no proof or backup, of course, but the Federal Elections Commission shows much lower fees were paid to production companies for staging the events — which would include payroll, sound and lighting equipment — all of which cannot be donated to political campaigns. In all likelihood, Donny is still digging — many more lies to tell and lives to shatter before he rests, a monster on the edge!


LOOMERED, LICENSE TO SHILL, GOING 0 FOR 3, A FLYING PALACE

Carley Suthers writes on BuzzFeed“As an American, I’ll be the first to admit that we can be a bit weird. While all countries have habits and behaviors that make them unique, the US takes that to a bit of an extreme, much to the bafflement of others.” She picks up a feed on social media platform Reddit, where a member posted an invitation to followers to submit comments about things about the US that don’t make sense, yet are considered ‘normal’ by most Americans. One commenter feels that second- and third-generation Americans who boast about having IrishGerman, etc. roots in other countries should simply face the reality that they are Americans, with nothing in common with those countries. Another feels Americans are weird about religion, citing tour guides on European trips explaining that most locals are not practicing believers — just following a tradition, and not having their whole personas wrapped around religious beliefs. Several felt that allowing a waiter to take your credit card, walk into another room out of sight, before bringing back the receipt, is completely wild and ripe for credit card fraud. Likely speaking from experience, another feels that teenagers should not have jobs while in high school, which wastes the remainder of their childhood between work, study, and school attendance — no time to hang out with friends and socialize to develop relationships. Another submission reads, “The incongruity between blind flag-worship and constantly desecrating the flag by putting it on everything — if you like the flag so much, don’t turn it into a swimsuit!” One submission bashes ‘tipping’ with, “Why is it ok to underpay certain jobs in hopes that the consumers will pay extra to provide a living for employees — employers should pay employees, period!” Americans who buy pickup trucks as their ‘normal’ family vehicle, but rarely haul anything, strikes another as unusual. ‘Pharmaceutical ads’ grate on a few people, who dislike hearing several speeded-up seconds of ‘possible side effects’ before being advised to get a doctor’s recommendation. One ‘weirdness’ with several commenters targets our health care system. One says, “Our healthcare system is trash. So many people can’t afford health insurance, so they slowly wither away or go broke to stay healthy. Horrific!” The topper has to be the follower who wrote, “Honestly? Electing a bankrupt reality TV host as president and then doubling down eight years later, like it was a subscription you forgot to cancel. That’s not politics — that’s a national cry for help!”

A post on Quora begins, “Trump is not the president.” Attribution is to Jesse Dollemore and it continues, “I have long suspected something similar, as have many others. There are too many things Trump does not know — too many people, he says, are responsible for the things he does not know; too many things he does are because Laura Loomer, Bobby Kennedy, Stephen Miller, etc. tell him to do those things. He has no idea what half the things he signs are about. They have to be explained. There are aides in the Oval Office in every presser having to explain things to him. Trump is a narcissistic old man, on the edge of dementia, loving the idea of being powerful and respected and feared by all, but woefully incompetent. It bewilders him that people hate him, it makes him furious, and he lashes out with insane posts, night after night. His handlers reassure him with compliments, thank him, and tell him what a genius he is.” No president? Seems like MANY presidents! David McAfee writes on the Raw Story blog, that a Washington Post analysis says Trump could be “out of the loop.” Reporter Aaron Blake wrote, “The president appears to be taking a backseat in his own presidency despite criticizing his predecessor for being asleep at the wheel, suggesting himself that ‘he’s not involved in major decisions.'” Blake’s article says, “One of the major themes of President Donald Trump’s 2024 campaign was the idea that Joe Biden had no idea what was happening around him, but less than four months after taking over from Biden, it’s Trump who, in his own telling, is often unaware of major events surrounding him and directly involving his administration.” He highlights, in addition to ‘pleading ignorance’ on some issues,Trump has also distanced himself from certain administration moves — as if he had little or nothing to do with them, suggesting he played virtually no role in the selection of his new candidate for surgeon general, Casey Means“I don’t know her,” Trump said in his announcement. “There’s certainly a question about how much Trump actually is out of the loop and how much he’s just saying that. Trump’s record for dishonesty is nearly without compare. When it comes to some of the more sensitive issues, he could benefit from distance from these decisions, but this seemingly hands-off approach also reared its head in his first term, particularly when it came to the administration’s COVID response,” writes Blake. He concludes, “And it’s certainly a notable posture from the man who said his predecessor was hopelessly disengaged and repeatedly talked about how bad it was to have people who aren’t president call the shots.”

As CNN reports, Trump influencer Laura Loomer can get President Trump on his direct phone line, but she can’t get a seat in his briefing room, even as the White House opens its doors to a new class of media personalities consisting of online commentators, podcasters, web video hosts and partisan influencers — leaving her as one of the most prominent figures in the pro-Trump digital ecosystem remaining on the outside looking in. Loomer explained to CNN, “I do think there’s a fear that I may ask questions about the loyalties of people in the White House, and they fear me having a national and global microphone to ask these questions.” For instance, she wanted to know why Hunter Biden still had Secret Service protection once Trump took office, so the president revoked that privilege in March, but she also questions why the White House legal team isn’t pushing to disqualify judges she sees as conflicted. And most of all, why certain staffers with what she claims are questionable allegiances have been hired in the first place. “I would hold people accountable,” Loomer continues. “Not to be malicious toward anyone in the administration but to support the America First agenda.” CNN says the White House did not respond to their request for comment on this. Loomer’s skepticism of Trump’s White House is a right-wing rarity, since most of her peers amplify the presidents actions, echoing the administration’s talking points or attack outside critics; she, on the other hand, often directs her fire to target perceived traitors inside the government and maximizing pain on is enemies. A few weeks ago, following a Loomer phone call, and a followup Oval Office meeting, Trump dismissed several national security aides that she flagged, and more recently he reassigned national security adviser Michael Waltz to be ambassador to the UN, following weeks of public criticism by Loomer regarding Waltz’s staffing appointments. Following this shakeup, she posted on X, ‘Loomered‘ — a term used to describe those who draw her anger, soon to find their jobs and reputations in jeopardy. Describing herself as an investigative journalist on X, and with her twice-weekly broadcast on alt-right video platform, Rumble, she said, “Contrary to what’s been said, Trump doesn’t hire the best people. That’s why it’s so important there’s people to help support the president, because nobody’s perfect. Show me any other independent ‘new media’ reporter that’s having more of an impact on the Trump administration than me, with the president calling me for private meetings — but I don’t meet the standards of the esteemed press team? It’s a joke.” Loomer’s confrontational style, her past inflammatory rhetoric, and promotion of conspiracy theories, and being out of step with the tone of those so far granted access is why she is being held at arm’s length, and in the view of Trump’s first press secretary, Sean Spicer, she is viewed more as an influencer. “All those details matter,” Spicey said.

So, influencer and MAGA disciple Loomer says she is “deeply disappointed” in Trump for accepting a luxury jet from what she called “jihadists in suits,” reports Malcolm Ferguson in The New Republic. The gift of a Boeing 747-8 from Qatar’s royal family is to be upgraded, at taxpayer expense, into the new Air Force One, replacing the 40 year old aircraft now in use, and making it one of the most lavish gifts given to a US president. The president claims it will not be used by him following his presidency, as it will be given to his presidential library. “Loomer was quick to voice her distaste for the move, even as it was rooted in Islamophobia,” writes Ferguson. She continued her diatribe, saying, “It’s going to be hard for the administration to designate the Muslim Brotherhood and obliterate Iranian proxies in Hamas and Hezbollah when Qatar funds the Muslim Brotherhood, harbors Hamas, and the US just accepted a $400 million jet from Qatar. We are watching an Islamic takeover of our country in real time. And I say that as someone who would take a bullet for Trump. I’m so disappointed.”

Greg Sargent writes in The New Republic, that our know-nothing president in his “intensive daily reading of complex policy papers,” noticed in the title of a government initiative created by President Biden, a ‘woke’ term — ‘equity’ — leading him to conclude, of course, the initiative was designed to aid undeserving minorities. Perceiving it to be reverse racism toward Whites, he immediately announced on Truth Social he had cancelled the program, fuming, “It’s RACIST. No more woke handouts based on race!” The program, the Digital Equity Act, contained mega-amounts of money for governments in GOP-run states, as well a Democratic ones, to expand high-speed internet access in underserved communities, including red states’ rural areas. Much of the money has already been approved, following submission of states’ proposals, explicitly designed by GOP governments to serve their rural constituents. Many proposals have not been approved, and with Trump’s clumsy interference, reductions or complete blockage of funds is now possible. Senator Patty Murray says his cutoff is illegal, and states are likely to sue, as Republicans see their own voters threatened. Trump posted on social media, “I have spoken to my wonderful Secretary of Commerce, Howard Lutnick, and we agree that the Biden/Harris so-called “Digital Equity Act” is totally UNCONSTITUTIONAL. No more woke handouts based on race! The Digital Equity Program is a RACIST and ILLEGAL $2.5 BILLION DOLLAR giveaway. I am ending this IMMEDIATELY, and saving Taxpayers BILLIONS OF DOLLARS!” Sargent says, “It’s anybody’s guess how serious Lutnick really is about this. But if the Commerce Department, which is implementing this law, follows Trump’s command, it will do all it can to halt these payments.” In her statement, Senator Murray says, “It’s insane that Trump is blocking resources to help make sure kids in rural school districts can get online all because he doesn’t like the word ‘equity.’ My Republican colleagues will need to explain to their constituents why the rural schools they represent won’t get this funding for hotspots or laptops in the meantime.” Somebody needs to get ‘Loomered.’

As noted above, on May 7, Trump announced he was nominating Dr. Casey Means to be surgeon general instead of his initial choice, Dr. Janette Nesheiwat, igniting criticism since Means is only a wellness influencer who didn’t finish her medical residency at Stanford, therefore lacking a valid medical license. As one social media posting pointed out, “The US is the only country where one needs a license to cut hair, but not so to practice medicine at the highest level.” The president praised her qualifications, though she is closely linked to the ‘Make America Healthy Again’ ideology championed by none other than Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Trump posted on Truth Social“Casey has impeccable ‘MAHA’ credentials, and will work closely with our wonderful Secretary of HHS, Robert Kennedy, to ensure a successful implementation of our Agenda in order to reverse the Chronic Disease Epidemic, and ensure Great Health, in the future, for ALL Americans. Her academic achievements, together with her life’s work, are absolutely outstanding. Dr. Casey Means has the potential to be one of the finest Surgeon Generals in US History.” Later, as he was faced with questions about her qualifications, he was backtracking about his selection of an individual who never finished her residency. “Because Bobby thought she was fantastic,” he answered to a questioner’s query about why she was qualified to be America’s top doctor, adding, “I don’t know her.” Means completed her undergraduate degree and medical school at Stanford, but never finished her surgical residency, though she ultimately finished enough postgraduate work to qualify for a medical license in Oregon before turning to alternative medicine. In her public appearances, and in her book, ‘Good Energy,’ she claims that her residency experience left her disillusioned with the state of modern medicine, purporting to now be “working towards a healthier and happier planet by empowering people to understand their health and the limitless potential within them.” Oregon public records indicate her medical license has been inactive since January 2024, so it remains to be seen if her nomination will hold up to congressional scrutiny, despite Kennedy’s defense of her on X. The People website quotes RFK as saying, “The attacks that Casey is unqualified because she left the medical system completely misses the point of what we are trying to accomplish with MAHA. Casey is the perfect choice for Surgeon General precisely because she left the traditional medical system — not in spite of it.” Kennedy accuses the medical industry and media outlets of paying influencers to “vilify” Means, adding, “But it will not work.” Sure, but can she cut hair, Bobby?

Being a fanatical Trump supporter seemed to be qualification enough for the president to raid the Fox Network once again for one of his new appointments. Fox News host Jeanine Pirro is such an unhinged individual that the network took her show off the air following the 2020 election out of fear that she would use it to launder deranged conspiracy theories about a ‘stolen election,’ but Trump praised her Fox News career last week, appointing her interim US attorney for the District of Columbia, dumping US Attorney Ed Martin as a nominee who showed weakness for a Senate confirmation. If you’re keeping score, Pirro is person number 23 with Fox history, picked by Trump for his second Oval Office occupancy. Martin’s Achilles heel seemed to be his legal support for January 6 defendants. Pirro was elected as a Westchester County Court Judge in New York in 1990, then later served as the county’s district attorney prior to her losing run for US Senate in 2005 — for which she is still in debt to the tune of $600,000, not to mention failure to file mandatory financial reports. She then experienced a landslide defeat for state attorney general, and the following year began her Fox sojourn for two decades, serving as a legal analyst, hosting the weekend program Justice with Judge Jeanine, and co-hosting the weekday panel show The Five.

After Trump’s 2016 victory, Pirro essentially became a Fox shill and propagandist in what the late Simon Maloy termed “advocacy for the president that is so aggressive that it often borders on insane.” She called for a “cleansing” of the FBI and the Justice Department, firing individuals “who should be taken out in handcuffs.” Then-Attorney General Jeff Sessions was urged to resign if he was “unwilling to protect Trump and prosecute his enemies,” and then getting a suspension for pointing out that Representative Ilhan Omar’s hijab was a sign of her adherence to Sharia Law, and not the US Constitution. Pirro vehemently defended Trump’s ‘stolen election’ lies in 2020, prompting Fox to preempt her first broadcast following the election; yet when she was allowed to return, she provided conspiracy-minded segments promoting the false claims, including attacks on technology company Dominion Voting Systems — segments which provided ammo for Dominion in its lawsuit against Fox, resulting in a massive payout for Fox in the court decision. The lawsuit gave some insight into how her Fox colleagues viewed her, with Fox executive David Clark explaining he had taken her show off the air initially because, “I don’t trust her to be responsible. If she offers any pushback against guests, it will only be token.” Internal emails reveal her executive producer described her as a “reckless maniac” who is “nuts,” and “should never be on live television, promoting her conspiracy theories.”

But Fox being what it is, it’s hard to fire a Trump supporter, so Pirro got a promotion to The Five, using that position to furiously denounce the legal cases against Trump, along with the prosecutors and jurors involved in the cases. After a jury found Trump guilty on 34 counts in New York, she said, “We have gone over a cliff in America. This is a new era in America, and I think it goes against the ilk of who we are as Americans and our faith in the criminal justice system.” After Trump’s return to the Oval Office, she kept showering him with praise, saying, “Donald Trump is not panicked and neither should we be because he’s bringing us to the golden age, and that’s the end of it.” Her years of denunciation of the Justice Department’s failing to serve Trump’s will and throwing his political enemies in jail, now opens up her own opportunities for doing just that. The Daily Dose of Democracy website advises us, “Strap in, folks! Donald Trump has turned to yet another Fox teevee talker for yet another top post…Jeanine Pirro will apparently take a break from drunkenly shouting about her many phobias on the Fox New airwaves to become the interim US Attorney for DC…the same Judge Jeanine who was named in the $787 million Dominion Voting Systems lawsuit for spreading election lies, and whose convicted husband was granted a last-minute pardon by Trump in 2021 for tax evasion. Someone at Saturday Night Live better get Cecily Strong and her wine goblet on speed dial.” And, indeed that happened…Cecily appeared on SNL last week as Jeanine in the opening sketch along with the regulars portraying Trump and Hegseth (who, true to his promise to ‘put down the bottle’ during his tenure as Defense Secretary is sated by Mama Bird Jeanine to Baby Bird Pete). The Lincoln Project says all one has to do to get a Trump job is wend your way onto Fox News and praise Donald like you’re on a Russian propaganda network — don’t try to tell anybody Pete Hegseth or Jeanine Pirro got their nominations based on qualifications! TLP’s favorite Pirro fact is that she has been nominated for two Daytime Emmy awards, losing both times, and the hope is that she goes 0 for 3.

Brian Karem headlines his thoughts on Salon“When facts become seditious, it’s time to hit the panic button.” Karem mentions the cabinet meeting of a couple of weeks ago, where for two hours, Trump “reveled in their professed unconditional love and appreciation,” with “Pam Bondi telling the president ‘no one has ever done anything better in the history of mankind,’ or something like that,” and Pete Hegseth texting the entire meeting to his family and a reporter from The Atlantic on his Signal app. “According to Elon Trump, or Donald Musk, the president has brought the world to the brink of Nirvana,” observes Karem, but “we have to come to grips with an unshakeable truth — free speech no longer exists. Every positive thing that Trump claims he’s done, he can back up because he’s stifled dissent. Everything his detractors say he’s done to the detriment of the country begins and ends with the same reason. Without dissent, without facts, without the ability to speak truth to power, you cannot have due process. You cannot educate. You cannot inform, and you certainly can’t govern democratically. Today, if we’re not kissing the ring, we aren’t wanted. What Trump wants and needs is a roomful of sycophants and media influencers who applaud the lunacy that has destroyed free speech. That’s why Trump is an unmitigated disaster, and the next 1,360 days will be fraught with peril. But, on the upside, your Uber driver speaks English.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Moving

“If we were meant to stay in one place, we’d have roots instead of feet…”
~Rachel Wolchin

“Happiness doesn’t have just one address”
~Unknown

“Wherever you go, go with all your heart”
~Confucius

“Instead of cleaning my house, I’m just going to move to a new one!”
~Unknown

“You never really know how much stuff you accumulate until you move house.”
~Unknown

...

Lucy Darling! I love her so much, she is truly inspirational… 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

May 7 – 13, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Downtown Expansion Plan on Council Agenda… Steinbruner… attend the May 12 meeting… Hayes… Sharing life… Patton… RIP?… Matlock… cornfield maze…morons…crash it down…round robin… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Rep. Crockett … Quotes on… “The Pope”

...

DREAM INN BEING CONSTRUCTED. This was April 26, 1963. On the far left you can see the old Sisters Hospital which moved to the Branciforte Plaza on Soquel. The Dream Inn is often considered the local environmentalist’s biggest loss, and spurred them on to organize more efficiently.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: May 7, 2025

AN AMERICAN POPE. Whoda thunk it? It’s interesting how fast the conclave arrived at their choice for pope this time. I remember, as a child, when pope John Paul II was chosen and it seemed like it took ages! Looking it up, I suppose it took around 2 weeks. I also didn’t remember (I was 12, after all) that John Paul I died only 33 days after he became pope. John Paul II made up for that by reigning as pope for 26 and a half years. That’s the third longest ever… If Leo XIV lasts until he’s 96, he’ll beat that. I guess we’ll see 🙂

~Webmistress

...

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

...

May 5, 2025

Out with the Old, In with the New

The photo shows a border between the new Santa Cruz high rise brand in the background and the older, familiar human-scale building in the foreground. As with most borders, those with money, power and influence will likely decide which version of Santa Cruz will be allowed to prevail.

This is also the Laurel St. northern border of the Downtown Expansion Plan, which will be voted on by city council at its meeting on Tuesday May 13, 2025.

In brief, this area of 29 acres encircling the Warriors Arena will be transformed under the Expansion Plan from a low rise small residential neighborhood, a few local businesses, and a half-way house into an “entertainment district” with dense high rises housing close to 3,000 people and thousands of square feet of new commercial space, plus a massive new Arena five times the square footage of the current Arena with no parking. Currently the area is described as “under-utilized”, a term that sends shivers down the spines of planners and electeds and dollar signs in the eyes of developers. They love to “activate” space.

This expanded new downtown crammed with high density housing units will have major impacts on any resident who tries to drive from the lower westside across town and vice versa, anyone who wants to get to the beach, Wharf or West Cliff from Laurel St. including the thousands of tourists who already grid lock this route on summer weekends. How bad can it get? Unfortunately, the environmental documents no longer must study congestion, thanks to the political pull of those who don’t mind if it gets tough to drive a car. In their minds we should be on bicycles.

The FEIR (Final Environmental Impact Report) will also be voted on by council on the 13th. It’s a long, dense read. The consultants’ responses to all questions asked by the public are predictably dismissive. One question I asked was about the current Local Coastal Plan requirement that fifty percent of all new housing construction in this area be two and three bedrooms to better accommodate families, especially for low-income workers. That requirement will be gone, they said, when the Downtown Expansion Plan is adopted. This is a real policy shift which should cause concern. I predict it won’t rate a mention.

The recommendation from the group, Santa Cruzans for Responsible Development is that council choose Alternative 1 with Option B. No alternatives come without massive new high rises however Alternative 1 with Option B avoids upzoning three lots and caps the heights of new buildings at 85 feet, only if-and it’s a big if- the developer is willing to accept the city’s Downtown Density Bonus instead of the State Density Bonus.

So, what is this Downtown Density Bonus (DDB)? As an alternative to the State Density Bonus where there is no height limit, the city’s DDB caps the building height at 85 feet (although I note it says a council vote could allow higher). Who would have thought that we would be urging an 85 feet tall building option!

If a developer chooses to include the Below Market Rate (BMR) units onsite, they can offer a medium income level for some units whereas the State Density Bonus allows only low, very low and extremely low units in exchange for the density bonus. Alternatively, under the city’s bonus, the developer has the option to make all units market rate and provide the BMR units offsite in another location, so long as the land is acquired and ready to go. A further alternative is to pay an in-lieu fee rather than build any BMR units. Word has it that an even further opt out of building any BMR units is a land dedication, but we will have to wait for the agenda report to read about that.

Whatever alternative is voted in by council on the 13th, I see some unintended consequences. Intensified gridlock is obvious. Inability for emergency vehicle access is bound to happen. The shiny new object of a new downtown will I predict start the decline of the current downtown. The Civic Auditorium will soon be seen as an old relic. (New safety railings for the bleachers were approved by council a long time ago but nothing has materialized.) Maybe the hundreds of newcomers in the new tenement high rises along Front and Pacific will keep the current downtown alive or maybe the new Arena with non-stop entertainment and a flashing light show on the outside will draw the young professionals and students southwards. And before long, few will remember what it was that made the built environment of Santa Cruz so appealing.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
Public meeting Monday, May 12…learn why the county is pushing a battery storage project in Watsonville

Please attend the public meeting Monday, May 12, 6:30pm-8:30pm at Amesti School (25 Amesti Road, Watsonville) to learn more about the proposed Seahawk Energy Storage project proposed for 90 Minto Road in Watsonville, as well as two other sites in the County (near Aptos High School and Dominican Hospital).  This project includes over 300 shipping containers filled with lithium batteries, near the Shapiro Knolls affordable housing complex and other dense residential subdivisions, adjacent to College Lake.  A potential plume of heavy metal toxins, the likes of what we saw in Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire disaster on January 16 this year, would float over ag land and the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds…potentially rendering our County evacuation site unusable.

Why haven’t County Supervisors been willing to hold any town hall meetings on the battery energy storage system (BESS) issues at all?  What are they afraid of hearing?

Learn about the Seahawk project, already in permit process, and what the Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County members have learned about the County’s action to move forward with a new combining Ordinance to allow these large utility-scale battery facilities to be quietly placed in residential neighborhoods and take farmland out of production.

Please share this with others.  Spanish translation will be available.

neveragainmosslanding.org
Listen to the May 2, 2025 “Community Matters” interview

SLOW DOWN AND GET IT RIGHT…AB 434 HAS THE RIGHT IDEA TO PUT THE BRAKES ON BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM  (BESS) FRENZY
Assemblyman Carl DeMaio has the right idea in his AB 434 to put the brakes on the feverish rate of approvals to install large utility-scale battery  energy storage systems (BESS) facilities until the State Fire Marshal can introduce and approve new state fire codes to address the hazards of the facilities in our state.
AB 434: Battery energy storage facilities. | Digital Democracy

Bad or uninformed decisions are made when pushed solely to comply by unreasonable deadlines.  This is the case with Santa Cruz County’s unreasonable Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) to become 100% green energy sourced by 2030.  It has created a feverish push for this County that is unrealistic and forces a deadline even sooner than the State mandates.

In an effort to “look good” in the eyes of politico, Santa Cruz County is careening forward with a draft BESS Ordinance to allow three sites in residential and environmentally-sensitive areas to be re-zoned to accommodate hundreds of lithium battery storage containers that off-gas and explode under thermal runaway.  After seeing what happened in Moss Landing on January 16 and ongoing, one would think the County Supervisors would embrace a moratorium on lithium BESS projects, but they are not, and refuse to even hold town hall meetings with their constituents to discuss the issue.

Please write your elected representatives and urge support of AB 434 to bring a well-reasoned and better-informed approach to the proliferation of energy storage in California that will be compliant with upcoming State Fire Codes, currently under review, that will include updated safety requirements for BESS facilities.

ONE BIG FIRE DISTRICT ON THE HORIZON FOR SANTA CRUZ?
Santa Cruz County LAFCO approved initiating consolidation of fire agencies Scotts Valley, Santa Cruz and Central Fire at their meeting on Wednesday, March 7, even though Central Fire and Scotts Valley Fire Boards have not yet reviewed the action.  LAFCO also approved spending $30,000-$60,000 for a consultant to do a feasibility study of this proposed large consolidation project.  Fire Consolidation Feasibility Study – Memorandum of Understanding

New Alternate Commissioner Lani Faulkner had many questions about other related studies not yet completed, such as the City of Santa Cruz pending analysis of “Fire Standard of Care” for fire response, and the Santa Cruz County Fire CSA 48 feasibility study to become an independent fire district while annexing Pajaro Valley Fire and potentially others.  None of those studies, all being conducted by AP Triton consultants, is done and have taken much longer than was initially stated.

Currently, Scotts Valley Fire and Central Fire Districts share a Fire Marshal.

Sadly, retired Chief Don Jarvis, who has served as expert consultant for LAFCO in previous fire consolidation of Scotts Valley Fire and Branciforte Fire Districts, and whose cost was written into the LAFCO budget to continue to help, has resigned.

When I asked the LAFCO Commissioners how this Professional Expert job would be filled, and that the Commission agenda next month should include discussion of such, LAFCO Director Joe Serrano stated that he feels he can handle it himself, with occasional help from Commissioner Jim Anderson, a retired fire professional.

Stay tuned for the June 4 LAFCO meeting when this will be discussed further…and maybe one of those big consultant reports will actually be done.

WHY SHOULD COUNTY TAXPAYERS FUND WORK THAT SWENSON WAS SUPPOSED TO DO?
When Swenson sought approval with the CPUC to create a new private at-grade railroad crossing as the gateway to the dense infill Aptos Village Project in 2012,it was approved on the condition that two similar rail crossings be closed.  One of those two was the Warrenella crossing in Davenport, the second was  at the hjstoric Bayview Hotel.  Swenson did a study to determine what it would take to put in a bike and pedestrian path along Cement Plant Road in Davenport to mitigate the significant adverse safety impacts of closing the Warrenella crossing.  It turned out those heritage Eucalyptus trees would cause alot of expense….so the whole thing was just silently dropped.  Swenson got their way in getting the new Parade Street gateway anyway.

NOW, the Board of Supervisors approved spending Measure K sales tax money for  half of the $50,000 consultant to study the feasibility of a bike and pedestrian path on Cement Plant Road.  The other half would be paid by the BLM as encroachment fees.  The County Public Works Dept. will oversee the work.

I requested Supervisor Cummings pull this consent item to allow better discussion.  He did not do so.  At Tuesday’s Board meeting, I asked: “Why are tax payers footing the bill for work that was supposed to have been done by Swenson??”  After close of public comment, Supervisor Cummings, who was obviously caught off-guard by this seemingly new information,  asked Public Works Director Matt Machado to approach the podium and address my comment.

Mr. Machado said Swenson Builder had only done civil engineering studies about constructing a bike/pedestrian path from New Town to the main area of Davenport.  It was not constructed.  The new $50,000 feasibility study will examine a bike/pedestrian path from Davenport to the National Monument, and include a number of alternative routes.

The Board approved spending the $26,000 in Measure K sales tax funds for this analysis, with the BLM paying $24,000 in encroachment fees to help fund the study.  The leadership of Davenport, I later learned, supports this action.

I still wonder why the County never required Swenson Builders to follow through with the mitigation…and paid for traffic accommodations in favor of Swenson’s Parade Street rail crossing in the Aptos Village Project?

Here is what Consent Item #29 states on the May 6, 2025 Board of Supervisor packet

Executive Summary
The Cotoni-Coast Dairies National Monument is anticipated to open to the public during the summer of 2025. The Regional Transportation Commission’s bicycle/pedestrian trail from Wilder Ranch State Park to Davenport (Rail Trail Segment 5) is scheduled to be completed by March of 2026. Cement Plant Road will provide a major approach to the National Monument entrance from the town of Davenport but has no sidewalks or room for a bike lane. Developing a safe bike and pedestrian path for the increased number of visitors to the area will help realize the goal of encouraging public access to coastal resources while reducing public safety dangers.

Discussion
The Cement Plant Road Bicycle/Pedestrian Path project was included as a high priority in the North Coast Facilities Management Plan. The Plan recognized the importance of providing safe access from Davenport to the National Monument for bikes and pedestrians with the expected opening of the Monument and completion of the bike/pedestrian trail from Santa Cruz to Davenport.

The first step in developing the project is the completion of a feasibility study that will evaluate the feasibility of alternative alignments for the path. A consultant has been identified to prepare the feasibility study, and it appears that the total cost for the study would be approximately $50,000. The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has agreed to contribute approximately $24,000 and Supervisor Cummings is willing to allocate $26,000 in 2024-25 Third District funding towards the project. CDI will be responsible for overseeing the consultant contract. Due to the current workload in CDI, work on the study will commence in the early part of the 2025-26 fiscal year.

As part of the feasibility study, it is important that opportunities for input from both the

Davenport community and BLM be provided. In addition, since the feasibility study is only the first step in the project’s development, potential funding sources for completing the project will need to be identified.

Financial Impact
The total cost for the feasibility study is estimated at $50,000 with $24,000 expected to
be provided through an encroachment permit fee and $26,000 to be allocated from
District 3 2024-2025 Measure K funds (GL 197100/90000) and transferred to 621100-
62330 (P40883).
Strategic Initiatives
Operational Plan – Comprehensive Health & Safety, Reliable Transportation
Submitted By:
Justin Cummings, Third District Supervisor
Recommended By:
Carlos J. Palacios, County Executive Officer

ANOTHER APPOINTMENT-TO-SELECT-SUCCESSOR TACTIC IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY GOVERNMENT
County Tax Collector-Auditor-Controller, Edith Driscoll, announced her resignation with a letter dated April 2, 2025.  This week, the Board of Supervisors appointed her successor, Laura Bowers, to complete the term that will end in January, 2027.  Edith Driscoll was just re-elected to this term in June, 2022.-.  Now she has decided that it is a good time to retire?

Former Auditor Tax Collector Mary Jo Walker also got her successor, Edith Driscoll, appointed by resigning mid-term.

This letter serves as official notice of my intention to retire in early July 2025. This retirement date aligns with the beginning of the new fiscal year. My current term ends on the first Monday in January 2027. However, I have determined now is the right time for me to retire.

It has been an honor to serve the people of Santa Cruz County for the last 28 ½ years. I have served as the Auditor-Controller-Treasurer-Tax Collector since I was appointed in 2015 and then elected for three additional terms.

See Item #14

In effect, she is hand-picking her successor by retiring mid-term.  The Board appoints her choice, in this case, Laura Bowers and she will most likely run for election next year….as the incumbent.  The  Board chambers Tuesday afternoon was filled with Ms. Bowers’ family and County employee supporters as her appointment was finalized, with a loud applause.

Of interest is the request of the Auditor Controller Driscoll  asking the Board to approve a full time Sr. Auditor job/ See Consent Item #24.

For the record, I do not question or oppose Laura Bowers as the Auditor Taxcollector.  She has been very responsive to any and all requests i have made for information of the Department.  However, it is the process that I oppose…similar to what has happened for decades regarding the County Sheriff job.  It precludes others interested in the job from running for these elected offices, because the jobs are largely unopposed, and the “Incumbent” has a significant electoral advantage.

MEASURE D OVERSIGHT MEETING POSTPONED
Maybe the group who volunteers to examine the County’s Measure D sales tax funds and expenditures wanted to wait for the new Auditor Tax Collector Laura Bowers to officially take office, and therefore postponed their continued meeting.  Stay tuned and participate in this when you can.  You can sign up to receive automatic notifications.
Measure D Taxpayer Oversight Committee

ANOTHER LOCAL TAX ON THE HORIZON?
From Trail Now….
At the Santa Cruz County Regional Transportation Commission (RTC) meeting for Item #28 (2025 Unmet Transit and Paratransit Needs), METRO representative stated that it was METRO’s intent to move forward with a 2026 Tax Measure to support future forecasted deficits. RTC Agenda Packet

Stay tuned!

WHY IS THIS CANCELLED?
Why did  Planning Dept. staff cancel the Coiunty Housing Advisory Commission meeting scheduled for this week when Supervisor Koenig has asked that the Commission review critical ADU policy?

Consent agenda Item #27 for April 29, 2025 reads:

27.
Direct the Housing Advisory Commission to review two policy opportunities related to Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), an affordable ADU bonus program and condominium conversion of ADUs, and take related actions (Board of Supervisors – First District)

If you click in the vacant space beneath this item, the associated documents appear, which included a staff report and recommendation that the Commission review two critical policy opportunities for ADU’s in Santa Cruz County and report back to the Board no later than August 19, 2025.

[Current And Upcoming Meetings]

So, why did Planning Staff cancel the Housing Commission meeting that should have happened May 7?

This Commission meets infrequently now but used to meet every other month on the first Wednesday at 1pm.  I have attended these meetings often and found them very educational because of the discussions brought forth.  There are two appointees for each Supervisorial district.

However, staff has cancelled each meeting for over one year, finally calling a   Special Meeting on March 19, 2025 to present information about dissolving the Commission.

Maybe Supervisor Koenig did not get the memo from CAO Carlos Palacios that he intends to dissolve such useful public Commissions….Hmmmmmmm.

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY CLEANS UP
This Saturday, May 10, there will be dozens of events taking place to help eliminate litter and illegal dumping throughout the county. The Santa Cruz county board of supervisors has endorsed May 11th as the first annual Santa Cruz County cleanup day.
You can sign up to work with a group, or just take a walk around your neighborhood or other favorite place and clean up trash (wearing gloves, of course!)

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND THE MAY 12 PUBLIC MEETING ABOUT LITHIUM BATTERY PROJECTS IN OUR COUNTY.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT YOU CARE ABOUT THIS WEEK.

Happy Mothers Day to those who are, and Cheers to All,

Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Sharing Life

One of the most important teachings I’ve received in my life was the statement ‘manage for what you want, not what you don’t want.’ If we want peace, we must create it right here, right now: everyone we meet must receive our peace and we must reach out to people we don’t know and share with them peace. If we want to break down political division, we must provide the impetus in our actions. If we want environmental conservation, we must be the creators of conservation. One way that people traditionally reached across unknown social/political divides was by Giving. As I seek ways to better connect humans with their environment, giving in ways that touch the Earth seem particularly important.

Take Them Cookies
Where I grew up, it was traditional to take new neighbors cookies. I have mentioned this to people in their 20’s and 30’s and they haven’t heard of such things. Have you? I’ve met plenty of people who haven’t said hello to their neighbors, don’t know who they are. But I’ve also met lots of folks with friendly neighborhoods, folks who greet each other, wave, know each other by name, know details, have potlucks, group gardens, etc. Which way would you rather live? We must all stretch to create better neighborhoods.

Anonymously Giving to General Public
It is interesting to see what is being made available for free to strangers. There seems to be a place for anonymous gifting. Little Free Libraries are all over town: people trading books from sometimes cute tiny enclosed shelves. I see signs advertising sometimes nice ‘free’ furniture and other item out on streets. Boxes of produce similarly marked ‘free’ sometimes appear.

I was at a hippy concert once and received a precious gift. I recall wandering through throngs of people at intermission, on my way to get some water. One of the people coming towards me met my eyes, stopped right in front of me, smiled broadly, and said that they’d like to give me something. I held out my hand and they dropped a large, beautiful blue tiger’s eye gemstone. I was astounded, blubbering thanks. And then they skipped away. It still sits with me, that generosity.

From Social to Ecological
Food, gems, books – all good gifts but what about gifts that make ecological connections? Might those kinds of gifts help bring us closer together and closer to Nature at the same time? Gifts that make ecological connections can include plants, gardening assistance, seeds, and food we produce.

Garden Clubs
Garden clubs are everywhere, and there are several around the Monterey Bay. These are networks of people who exchange garden wisdom, plants, seeds, and tools. Often, garden clubs maintain public gardens. In my experience, members come from diverse political perspectives and, at the same time, are congenial. Locally, there are:

There are also public gardens with volunteer programs, such as:

People can go to such organizations to share what they have and they can go to learn or take something home for their garden. I have had some of my most stimulating political conversations while gardening with groups, speaking with people who have very divergent political views. We all cared about the plants and the garden, and we allowed that common interest to transcend any of our other differences. As we worked together, we grew to like and trust one another enough to have better conversations.

Neighborhood Plant and Seed Exchange
What if we were to more readily share plants and seeds? I recently visited one of the local nurseries and saw throngs of people buying small plants that they might have raised themselves from seed for much cheaper. Networks of people who can grow ‘starts’ connected with their neighbors or friends could save money and help make better connections. Imagine if our communities were consistently providing their own seeds and starts for myriads of vegetable gardens that produced so much food that more people could enjoy inexpensive healthy meals. Do you know someone who would want plants you propagated? Do you see a garden that could use new plants, where you might meet someone new?

Food Giveaway
After those initial cookie gifts, why not keep it going by growing the food neighbors might want? Networks might maintain community gardens or community orchards, producing food to give away to folks in need. Individuals can adjust what they are growing to accommodate the wishes of those around them. Helping others to eat is kind and can break down political barriers.

In Summary
Do we want to live in a world of kind surprises, in a Gift Culture, where people are giving their time, food, plants, and tools…sharing their knowledge and wisdom…helping each other to live better lives, more affordably? We must manage for what we want by creating the world we want to see. Start by looking around your space and asking yourself two questions: what can I give away today? and how can I build community through that giving?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, May 7, 2025

The image at the top of this blog posting is a “Letter To The Editor” that appeared in the April 29, 2025, edition of the San Francisco ChronicleThe Joe Mathews column mentioned in that “Letter To The Editor” appeared in the Chronicle a couple of days earlier, on April 27th.

Our current president was elected last November, in what appears to have been a free and fair election. So why do Joe Mathews and Mr. Verkozen believe that “The American democratic republic has died?” Presumably, they believe this because our current president does not, in fact, operate according to what the Constitution requires. I have made that point, repeatedly, in my daily blog postings. Click here for an example. If that is the point being made by Mathews and Verkozen, I agree with them.

However, I am not at all convinced that this is the point being made, and I most emphatically do NOT agree that “The American democratic republic has died” simply because our current president is operating in an unconstitutional manner. The president has claimed, in essence, that the only person who “counts” in this republic of ours is him. His statement that “I, alone, can fix it” is one way that our current president has articulated this idea, and his continued (and illegitimate) use of “Executive Orders,” treating them as if they are the same as laws enacted by the Congress, is another way he has advanced his undemocratic and unconstitutional view that he (and he alone) gets to say what happenss in this country.

As I hope everyone understands, “We, the people” are ultimately in charge of our government. Of course, in order to exercise our democratic power to “run the place,” we need to act, and to insist upon our right to decide what our government should be doing.

So far, there hasn’t really been any appreciable – or maybe the right word is “effective” – pushback against the illegitimate claims of our current president. That does not mean, though, that “The American democratic republic has died.”

Someone who stipulates that she or he is dead will be treated as if they were. Try it out. Send a letter to the Social Security System, for instance, and tell them you’re dead. You will probably stop receiving any Social Security payments you may currently be receiving.

We are not “dead,” democratically, until we stipulate that we are. That is what is disturbing to me about the Mathews-Verkozen assertion. They seem to say that they have given up, and capitulated to the illegitimate claims of our current president. Lots of us haven’t! Here’s some proof, showing a recent picture from Santa Cruz, California.

More and greater efforts are what I endorse, not proclaiming that democracy is dead before we have even begun to challenge those who would, indeed, seek to eliminate it.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

BORSCHT BELT SCHTICK, DONNY TWO DOLLS, CLOWN SHOW FASCISM

We’ve known for some time that Senator, and former football coach, Tommy Tuberville of Alabama is lost somewhere in a cornfield maze of his own making, as apparently he doesn’t know which state his resides within. Kyle Whitmire of AL.com writes that he may not meet the state’s residency requirements as he plans to run for the governorship, which has stricter prerequisites than that of a senate officeholder. The senator is accused of living in Florida since 2023, and voting records bolster these suspicions argues Whitmire, who points out that a seven year state residency is necessary. If Tuberville is a true Alabama resident, his income tax filings should be evidence, but no disclosure has been forthcoming, as he maintains that his wife’s homestead exemption in Auburn, as far back as 2018, is proof enough of his residency despite the fact that the senator’s name is absent from the deed. Election records show that both spouses voted in Florida in late 2018. Senate records from 2023 reveal that Tuberville made several trips to the Florida panhandle, and Whitmire challenges him to show his utility bills — “where he flushes his toilet probably tells us more than his homestead exemption,” he contends. Seems ripe for a political challenger to take him to court on the issue.

Representative Jasmine Crockett of Texas is still hot on the case for designating Marjorie Taylor Greene the dumbest member of Congress for spending more time currying favor with Donald Trump and the MAGA crowd, than she has spent working for the people of Georgia. The MAGA majority has seated her on powerful committees, within which she’s more concerned with picking fights, then going on social media to secure her cable news appearances — no way to solve the country’s problems. In the same vein, Andy Borowitz takes on Senator John Kennedy of Louisiana, asking if there exists a more grating assclown, which he doubts. Andy wrote in his book ‘Profiles in Ignorance: How America’s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber’ that over the past fifty years, mass media have rewarded politicians who can entertain over those who can think — designating it the ‘Age of Ignorance,’ appropriately. He splits this into three stages: Ridicule, Acceptance, and Celebration. In the Ridicule stage, ignorance resulted in career-ending mockery, spurring dumb politicians to fake intelligence. The Acceptance stage sees ignorance modified into congenial, a sign that the politician was authentic, down-to-earth, and a somewhat normal person — allowing dumb politicians to be as dumb as they really are. The Celebration stage, today’s condition, allows ignorance to take precedence over knowledge: wearing a dunce hat is elevated over expertise. Being ill-informed is the criterion, forcing smart politicians to fake dumbness. Borowitz puts into this highly-educated stable of moronic politicians the likes of Ron DeSantisTed CruzJosh HawleyElise Stefanik, and the aforementioned John Kennedy, with space for an ever-expanding membership.

Last week, the ‘sage of Omaha,’ Warren Buffett announced his upcoming retirement from Berkshire Hathaway, proclaiming, “Trade should not be a weapon,” as he pointed to President Trump’s current war. Steve Schmidt wrote in his ‘The Warning’ blog that it is Trump’s weapon in a declared world war, one that he is losing. Schmidt argues that this has come to pass despite all of Trump’s previous warnings, and it is now too late to stop the looming devastation of the American economy, with no place to run, no place to hide. The catastrophe resulting from the war of madness and aggression could have been stopped, but that time has slipped by us, allowing the zealots and sycophants to lie to their dictator with words allowing him to embark on his supposed strategy — no plan beyond the execution, no vision on how it ends. In Schmidt’s estimation it was launched by Trump’s ego, drafted by incompetents, and executed by nihilists, echoing Steve Bannon’s 2017 wish to “bring it all crashing down.” Schmidt believes that millions in Trump’s cult of malice are about to have their dependency broken, Jonestown style, a la the Jim Jones People’s Temple massacre in Guyana. However, his favorite strategist, thinker and leader who was as profoundly dumb as Donald Trump is General George Armstrong Custer, who Schmidt characterizes as ‘American political dumb, DOGE dumb.’ Custer was brave — better than his contemporary peers who possess none of his virtues — but graduated last in his West Point class, though he exhibited such fearlessness as the youngest Union general in the Civil War, he took his cavalry experience West to fight the Lakota. One story has him separating from his men to chase a buffalo into hostile territory, drawing his revolver to shoot the beast, only to miss and blow his horse’s brains out. Lost and stranded alone, he was fortunate to be happened upon by a few of his contingent’s scouts, a perfect parallel for Trump and his tariffs, minus the rescue element, temporary though it may have been for the general and his trusting troops.

Schmidt says, “The chances that Trump was a secret genius, and that Trump Derangement Syndrome were a real thing have all been disproven by events, and reduced to absolute zero over the first 100 days of his term. There are no manufacturing plants returning, no jobs coming back, no golden age, no nothing. America will be weaker, poorer and isolated. All of it because of Donald Trump, his henchmen and women, and the easily conned and deeply ignorant American voter. What comes next is catastrophe. Waves of meanness, capriciousness, cruelty, insanity and nonsense spewed forth from Trump and his family, while the overwhelming majority of the American media was the last to figure out that Trump meant every word of his toxic Borscht Belt schtick. Trump was feted and celebrated by America’s media mandarins, who saw a golden calf, where most saw an orange buffoon. With a few exceptions, Trump steamrolled everyone in front of him with the same ease that he emasculated Jeb, Little Marco and Ted Cruz — ambitious men with no core, only great ambitions and fragile egos, being susceptible prey for Trump. All of it begs some questions: how stupid is this movement and how much dumber can it get? This country is in crisis because the concept of democracy is in danger. It is endangered because of the lassitude of the citizenry, the malice of a fascist movement, and a dishonest billion-dollar media industry that revels in conflict. At the same time, it is repulsed by the truth because it is too contentious for liars who demand coddling and accommodation in the name of ‘balance’ and ‘fairness.’ The American media isn’t a stakeholder in the epic fight underway for American democracy besides being billion-dollar economic players. That’s the only ‘balance’ they are interested in. All the democracy talk is marketing schtick — they don’t mean a word. The problem is that the fascists mean everything they say. That’s the truth! They have conviction, and mostly, the opposition does not. It is what makes this tragedy. It’s a tragedy that should not be, but is. Just like Donald’s trade war.” The bigger the fool, the more they are loved.

In a Cabinet meeting last week, President Trump admitted that his foolish tariffs will lead to empty store shelves across the nation, but that’s just fine because China made a trillion dollars selling us stuff during Biden’s administration — we don’t need any more material goods. “Well, maybe the children will have two dolls instead of 30 dolls, and maybe the two dolls will cost a couple of bucks more than they would normally,” The Don said. Lawrence O’Donnell on MSNBC’s ‘The Last Word’ commented that he sounded like a gangster, giving him the name ‘Donny Two Dolls’ as a possible character on ‘The Sopranos’ TV series. The meeting which resembled a North Korean People’s Committee meeting which pours praise onto Dear Leader Kim Jong Il, had a round-robin of comments by Trump’s cabinet members as they told Dear President how fabulous he is. So, like good Communist Kim, Trump is telling Americans that they must suffer and go without for the greater good, so that he may have his way on trade policy, not to mention the hideous, distasteful, and costly gilded bawdy house décor that he is implementing in the White House at taxpayer expense. We can celebrate that in his first 100 days the president has made economic recessions great again. A Mike Luckovich cartoon shows that Trumpty Dumpty has fallen from a brick wall, is lying on the ground with a cracked shell, long red necktie all askew, and All The King’s Men looking on with praise: “Great fall, sir!” and “Way to stick the landing!”

In line with Steve Schmidt’s contention that media outlets today are kowtowing to the Trump administration, Scott Pelley of CBS’ 60 Minutes made an on-air criticism of its corporate owner, Paramount Global, a couple of weeks ago. This unusual step was prompted by the resignation of Bill Owens, a CBS News veteran of almost 40 years, 26 of which were spent as head of 60 Minutes. Pelley says the sudden turn of events was hard on Bill, and difficult for the staff who admired him greatly for his insistence on accuracy and fairness in their coverage. However, Paramount Global had stepped in to start supervising news content in subtle ways, with Owens feeling that he had lost the independence that honest journalism requires. The reason lies with Dear Leader Trump who not only has sued CBS News for $20 billion over a ‘fake news’ story during the 2024 presidential campaign, but Trump appointed FCC ChairmanBrendan Carr, will be overseeing approval of Paramount’s $8 billion sale to Skydance Media, a $2.4 billion windfall for Shari Redstone’s family holding company, controller of Paramount. Shari Redstone looks to pocket over $500 million personally, with the administration’s approval. She has recused herself from deliberations in the Trump/CBS lawsuit, even as she has signaled her desire for a settlement with Trump, which is likely to result in a payment to The Don, and probably an admission of wrongdoing. Legal experts have said that Trump’s suit is without merit, foreseeing an easy CBS victory, but Paramount is favoring the white flag in view of the pending sale’s approval — a mob shakedown by Donny Two Dolls and his Luca Brasi, Brendan Carr. Mr. Carr has also intimated that the sale is sketchy unless the company ends its DEI efforts, telling Bloomberg“Any businesses that are looking for FCC approval, I would encourage them to get busy ending any sort of their invidious forms of DEI discrimination.” Paramount has sent a staff memo noting the company would move to eliminate its DEI goals, but Carr will see to it that the FCC’s review is thorough. Elon and crew are standing by to be of service!

Cliff Schecter writes on Blue Amp that Trump is once again fantasizing about tanks rumbling down the streets of DC, not to stop a coup or a domestic terror attack, but to feel like a boy — a real boy! “I know he doesn’t get the concept of democracy — much like tariffs, multiplication, multi-syllabic words, vegetables, a fitting suit or running a business that doesn’t go arse-up to name a few — so I’ll try to explain it to him: Let’s learn a little history, Donny you mega-jingoistic cod-piece. Our founders feared standing armies, because they knew a permanent military was a military to be used — often, just because it was there. And here you are.” Schecter notes that “the National Guard wasn’t even created until 1903. Militias carried a lot of the load (ya know, those ‘well-regulated ones for whom the Second Amendment was actually intended? As opposed to your next-door neighbor Billy Bob a-fixin’ to git hisself 47 AR-15s, just because.” He goes on to say that even between World Wars I and II, our military was badly underfunded because that fear remained in our DNADwight Eisenhower, upon leaving the presidency in 1961, infamously warned about the ‘military industrial complex’. But, as Hafiz Rashid in The New Republic laments, “Donald Trump may finally get his long-desired military parade, citing an unnamed source that he has chosen June 14 which is the 250th anniversary of the US Army, Flag Day, and only coincidentally his own 79th birthday. The four-mile procession would go from the Pentagon in Arlington to the White House.” Trump’s yen for such a grand parade goes back to his first term after seeing a French parade in 2017, with his desire to top that display. Pushback by both the military and the DC government put that one to bed, with cost estimates to the two entities around $92 million and $21 million, respectively. An angry Trump abandoned the idea, accusing the DC politicians of a ‘holdup’ over costs. Then, Mayor Muriel Bowser said, “I finally got through to the reality star in the White House with the realities of parades, events, and demonstrations in Trump America.” Now, Mr. Trump holds the cards with his overhaul of the military leadership, plus placement of top lawyers in all branches of the military, with the DC pols cowering out of fear that Trump will follow through on threats to take over the local government. The president has set up a federal task force on DC crime fighting that does not include a single local official, indicating that he will continue to interfere with operations within the city — to include his massively wasteful parade to sate his ego, spending millions of local and federal dollars despite his claims of waste, fraud and abuse eliminations. As the recently departed comedian and actor, Ruth Buzzi, once said, “Scientists say the universe is made up entirely of neurons, protons and electrons. They seem to have missed morons.” Rest in peace, Ruth.

“In 100 days, Trump has invented something new: Clown-Show Fascism,” says Michael Tomasky in his piece in The New Republic“The administration is a serious threat to democracy. They’re also laughably incompetent. But the result is no laughing matter.” Tomasky reminds us that the president’s April 2 ‘Liberation Day,’ when he blew up the markets with his tariffs announcement, was actually the second Liberation Day declaration — the first being announced in his January 20 inauguration speech, when he said, “That is why each day under our administration of American patriots, we will be working to meet every crisis with dignity and power and strength. We will move with purpose and speed to bring back hope, prosperity, safety, and peach for citizens of every race, religion, color, and creed. For American citizens, January 20, 2025, is Liberation Day.” The author asks, “How is that working out? There is much to say about these 100 days. The odor of fascism is unmistakeable — and entirely intentional. The bullying of universities and law firms; the probably illegal firings of those 18 inspectors general; the ghastly executive order instructing the Justice Department to investigate two US citizens for expressing their political views; the purposeful lawlessness of so many actions, designed to force showdown after showdown at what Trump assumes will be a pliant Supreme Court; the daily inventions of reality peddled by Karoline Leavitt, Cabinet officials, and not least, Trump himself.”

Tomaksy says we should think about the average Americans, who are having a hard time. He poses another key line from the inaugural address: “I will direct all members of my Cabinet to marshal the vast powers at their disposal to defeat what was record inflation and rapidly bring down costs and prices.” Tomasky’s response is, “Gee! That doesn’t seem to have happened. Inflation is down a bit, largely because energy prices have fallen.” He points out that price decreases are a function of overproduction, that electric vehicle production in China has an effect, but gives Trump credit for our fears of a recession. Worry that Trump’s tariff war will spark inflation is seen in polling, with 71% believing that is our fate — even 47% of Republicans in agreement. To the many variants of fascism — Nazism being only one — there is Italian fascismoSpain’s FrancoismUkraine’s BanderismSouth Korea’s Ilminism, plus neofascism, crypto-fascism and Islamofascism, to which Tomasky adds clown-show fascism. He describes his addition as “a regime marked simultaneously by hubristic and defiant assaults on the democratic and constitutional order on the one hand, on the other, a nearly laughable incompetence in just about every other area of the regime’s activity. Trump’s constant about-faces and walk-backs on tariffs have been an international embarrassment. Elon Musk’s DOGE has fired federal workers willy-nilly only to turn around and rehire many after the Musketeers realized they weren’t deep-state bloodsuckers and the work they did was kind of essential, after all — you know, like the people who tend the country’s nuclear weapons stockpile.” Tomasky summarizes that it can be hilarious to watch, but consequences are no laughing matter, and not how it’s supposed to work in a democracy — only 1300+ days to go!

David Litt writes on his Substack blog, Word Salad!, that if our founders had foreseen a Donald Trump presidency, they would have included pictures in the Declaration of Independence for him to understand it. In his faltering attempt to explain what the document means to him, Trump tells Terry Moran in the ABC News interview, “Well, it means exactly what it says, it’s a declaration. A declaration of unity and love and respect, and it means a lot. And it’s something very special to our country.” The commander-in-chief’s answer, had it come from a beauty pageant contestant, would have disqualified her with no chance of wearing a finalist’s crown. Litt is concerned that Trump’s brain worms have brain worms, causing him to give his blah, blah, blah answer. Asking ChatGPT to estimate the grade level of a student who gave such an answer to the question, Litt says the AI chatbot estimated ‘roughly 6th to 8th grade.’ Litt’s purpose in bringing up the Declaration of Independence “is not that Trump hasn’t read it — it’s that the rest of us ought to, and those who have read it need to re-read it with an eye toward understanding how to talk about dealing with this generation’s mad king.” The debate among Democrats rages passive-aggressively about what to focus on — attacks on the rule of law, or kitchen-table issues, which is dragging the president’s approval ratings down? Democrat Team Rule of Law says tariffs come and go, but damage to our democracy will be irreversible; Democrat Team Kitchen Table says stopping Trump raises the need to win elections, and that the electorate cares more about their pocketbooks than the rule of law. To the two teams, Litt says, “It’s my pleasure to scold everybody and say both sides are wrong. Drawing a distinction between the two issues would be like telling a pack-a-day smoker to differentiate between ‘nicotine addiction’ and ‘shortness of breath,’ — talking about one without the other rings hollow. Choosing between democracy and the economy is, in and of itself, the wrong choice. This is all one big issue. We have to treat it that way.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

The Pope

“I have as much authority as the Pope, I just don’t have as many people who believe it.”
~George Carlin

“Anybody can be Pope; the proof of this is that I have become one.”
~Pope John XXIII

“I met the Queen, the Pope, and we went all over Europe and Asia. I just wish I was older when I did all this. Then I could appreciate it more.”
~Ricky Schroder

“I feel much freer now that I am certain the Pope is the Antichrist.”
~Martin Luther

“It often happens that I wake up at night and begin to think about a serious problem and decide I must tell the Pope about it. Then I wake up completely and remember that I am the Pope.”
~Pope John XXIII

...

Trump or trans…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment